Magic-Mirror/gecko-dev
1
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://github.com/mozilla/gecko-dev.git synced 2024-10-31 22:25:30 +00:00
Code Issues Actions Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity
e7201e1a33
gecko-dev/layout/style/nsCSSParser.cpp

11120 lines
346 KiB
C++
Raw Blame History

This file contains ambiguous Unicode characters

This file contains Unicode characters that might be confused with other characters. If you think that this is intentional, you can safely ignore this warning. Use the Escape button to reveal them.

/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
/* vim: set ts=2 et sw=2 tw=78: */
/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
* License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
* file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
/* parsing of CSS stylesheets, based on a token stream from the CSS scanner */
#include "mozilla/DebugOnly.h"
#include "nsCSSParser.h"
#include "nsCSSProps.h"
#include "nsCSSKeywords.h"
#include "nsCSSScanner.h"
#include "mozilla/css/ErrorReporter.h"
#include "mozilla/css/Loader.h"
#include "mozilla/css/StyleRule.h"
#include "mozilla/css/ImportRule.h"
#include "nsCSSRules.h"
#include "mozilla/css/NameSpaceRule.h"
#include "nsTArray.h"
#include "nsCSSStyleSheet.h"
#include "mozilla/css/Declaration.h"
#include "nsStyleConsts.h"
#include "nsNetUtil.h"
#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
#include "nsString.h"
#include "nsReadableUtils.h"
#include "nsIAtom.h"
#include "nsColor.h"
#include "nsCSSPseudoClasses.h"
#include "nsCSSPseudoElements.h"
#include "nsINameSpaceManager.h"
#include "nsXMLNameSpaceMap.h"
#include "nsError.h"
#include "nsIMediaList.h"
#include "nsStyleUtil.h"
#include "nsIPrincipal.h"
#include "prprf.h"
#include "nsContentUtils.h"
#include "nsAutoPtr.h"
#include "CSSCalc.h"
#include "nsMediaFeatures.h"
#include "nsLayoutUtils.h"
using namespace mozilla;
const uint32_t
nsCSSProps::kParserVariantTable[eCSSProperty_COUNT_no_shorthands] = {
#define CSS_PROP(name_, id_, method_, flags_, pref_, parsevariant_, kwtable_, \
stylestruct_, stylestructoffset_, animtype_) \
parsevariant_,
#include "nsCSSPropList.h"
#undef CSS_PROP
};
namespace {
// Rule processing function
typedef void (* RuleAppendFunc) (css::Rule* aRule, void* aData);
static void AssignRuleToPointer(css::Rule* aRule, void* aPointer);
static void AppendRuleToSheet(css::Rule* aRule, void* aParser);
// Your basic top-down recursive descent style parser
// The exposed methods and members of this class are precisely those
// needed by nsCSSParser, far below.
class CSSParserImpl {
public:
CSSParserImpl();
~CSSParserImpl();
nsresult SetStyleSheet(nsCSSStyleSheet* aSheet);
nsresult SetQuirkMode(bool aQuirkMode);
nsresult SetChildLoader(mozilla::css::Loader* aChildLoader);
// Clears everything set by the above Set*() functions.
void Reset();
nsresult ParseSheet(const nsAString& aInput,
nsIURI* aSheetURI,
nsIURI* aBaseURI,
nsIPrincipal* aSheetPrincipal,
uint32_t aLineNumber,
bool aAllowUnsafeRules);
nsresult ParseStyleAttribute(const nsAString& aAttributeValue,
nsIURI* aDocURL,
nsIURI* aBaseURL,
nsIPrincipal* aNodePrincipal,
css::StyleRule** aResult);
nsresult ParseDeclarations(const nsAString& aBuffer,
nsIURI* aSheetURL,
nsIURI* aBaseURL,
nsIPrincipal* aSheetPrincipal,
css::Declaration* aDeclaration,
bool* aChanged);
nsresult ParseRule(const nsAString& aRule,
nsIURI* aSheetURL,
nsIURI* aBaseURL,
nsIPrincipal* aSheetPrincipal,
css::Rule** aResult);
nsresult ParseProperty(const nsCSSProperty aPropID,
const nsAString& aPropValue,
nsIURI* aSheetURL,
nsIURI* aBaseURL,
nsIPrincipal* aSheetPrincipal,
css::Declaration* aDeclaration,
bool* aChanged,
bool aIsImportant,
bool aIsSVGMode);
nsresult ParseMediaList(const nsSubstring& aBuffer,
nsIURI* aURL, // for error reporting
uint32_t aLineNumber, // for error reporting
nsMediaList* aMediaList,
bool aHTMLMode);
bool ParseColorString(const nsSubstring& aBuffer,
nsIURI* aURL, // for error reporting
uint32_t aLineNumber, // for error reporting
nsCSSValue& aValue);
nsresult ParseSelectorString(const nsSubstring& aSelectorString,
nsIURI* aURL, // for error reporting
uint32_t aLineNumber, // for error reporting
nsCSSSelectorList **aSelectorList);
already_AddRefed<nsCSSKeyframeRule>
ParseKeyframeRule(const nsSubstring& aBuffer,
nsIURI* aURL,
uint32_t aLineNumber);
bool ParseKeyframeSelectorString(const nsSubstring& aSelectorString,
nsIURI* aURL, // for error reporting
uint32_t aLineNumber, // for error reporting
InfallibleTArray<float>& aSelectorList);
bool EvaluateSupportsDeclaration(const nsAString& aProperty,
const nsAString& aValue,
nsIURI* aDocURL,
nsIURI* aBaseURL,
nsIPrincipal* aDocPrincipal);
bool EvaluateSupportsCondition(const nsAString& aCondition,
nsIURI* aDocURL,
nsIURI* aBaseURL,
nsIPrincipal* aDocPrincipal);
protected:
class nsAutoParseCompoundProperty;
friend class nsAutoParseCompoundProperty;
class nsAutoFailingSupportsRule;
friend class nsAutoFailingSupportsRule;
class nsAutoSuppressErrors;
friend class nsAutoSuppressErrors;
void AppendRule(css::Rule* aRule);
friend void AppendRuleToSheet(css::Rule*, void*); // calls AppendRule
/**
* This helper class automatically calls SetParsingCompoundProperty in its
* constructor and takes care of resetting it to false in its destructor.
*/
class nsAutoParseCompoundProperty {
public:
nsAutoParseCompoundProperty(CSSParserImpl* aParser) : mParser(aParser)
{
NS_ASSERTION(!aParser->IsParsingCompoundProperty(),
"already parsing compound property");
NS_ASSERTION(aParser, "Null parser?");
aParser->SetParsingCompoundProperty(true);
}
~nsAutoParseCompoundProperty()
{
mParser->SetParsingCompoundProperty(false);
}
private:
CSSParserImpl* mParser;
};
/**
* This helper class conditionally sets mInFailingSupportsRule to
* true if aCondition = false, and resets it to its original value in its
* destructor. If we are already somewhere within a failing @supports
* rule, passing in aCondition = true does not change mInFailingSupportsRule.
*/
class nsAutoFailingSupportsRule {
public:
nsAutoFailingSupportsRule(CSSParserImpl* aParser,
bool aCondition)
: mParser(aParser),
mOriginalValue(aParser->mInFailingSupportsRule)
{
if (!aCondition) {
mParser->mInFailingSupportsRule = true;
}
}
~nsAutoFailingSupportsRule()
{
mParser->mInFailingSupportsRule = mOriginalValue;
}
private:
CSSParserImpl* mParser;
bool mOriginalValue;
};
/**
* Auto class to set aParser->mSuppressErrors to the specified value
* and restore it to its original value later.
*/
class nsAutoSuppressErrors {
public:
nsAutoSuppressErrors(CSSParserImpl* aParser,
bool aSuppressErrors = true)
: mParser(aParser),
mOriginalValue(aParser->mSuppressErrors)
{
mParser->mSuppressErrors = aSuppressErrors;
}
~nsAutoSuppressErrors()
{
mParser->mSuppressErrors = mOriginalValue;
}
private:
CSSParserImpl* mParser;
bool mOriginalValue;
};
// the caller must hold on to aString until parsing is done
void InitScanner(nsCSSScanner& aScanner,
css::ErrorReporter& aReporter,
nsIURI* aSheetURI, nsIURI* aBaseURI,
nsIPrincipal* aSheetPrincipal);
void ReleaseScanner(void);
bool IsSVGMode() const {
return mScanner->IsSVGMode();
}
bool GetToken(bool aSkipWS);
void UngetToken();
bool GetNextTokenLocation(bool aSkipWS, uint32_t *linenum, uint32_t *colnum);
bool ExpectSymbol(PRUnichar aSymbol, bool aSkipWS);
bool ExpectEndProperty();
bool CheckEndProperty();
nsSubstring* NextIdent();
// returns true when the stop symbol is found, and false for EOF
bool SkipUntil(PRUnichar aStopSymbol);
void SkipUntilOneOf(const PRUnichar* aStopSymbolChars);
void SkipRuleSet(bool aInsideBraces);
bool SkipAtRule(bool aInsideBlock);
bool SkipDeclaration(bool aCheckForBraces);
void PushGroup(css::GroupRule* aRule);
void PopGroup();
bool ParseRuleSet(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aProcessData,
bool aInsideBraces = false);
bool ParseAtRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aProcessData,
bool aInAtRule);
bool ParseCharsetRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aProcessData);
bool ParseImportRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aProcessData);
bool ParseURLOrString(nsString& aURL);
bool GatherMedia(nsMediaList* aMedia,
bool aInAtRule);
bool ParseMediaQuery(bool aInAtRule, nsMediaQuery **aQuery,
bool *aHitStop);
bool ParseMediaQueryExpression(nsMediaQuery* aQuery);
void ProcessImport(const nsString& aURLSpec,
nsMediaList* aMedia,
RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc,
void* aProcessData);
bool ParseGroupRule(css::GroupRule* aRule, RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc,
void* aProcessData);
bool ParseMediaRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aProcessData);
bool ParseMozDocumentRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aProcessData);
bool ParseNameSpaceRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aProcessData);
void ProcessNameSpace(const nsString& aPrefix,
const nsString& aURLSpec, RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc,
void* aProcessData);
bool ParseFontFaceRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aProcessData);
bool ParseFontFeatureValuesRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc,
void* aProcessData);
bool ParseFontFeatureValueSet(nsCSSFontFeatureValuesRule *aRule);
bool ParseFontDescriptor(nsCSSFontFaceRule* aRule);
bool ParseFontDescriptorValue(nsCSSFontDesc aDescID,
nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParsePageRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aProcessData);
bool ParseKeyframesRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aProcessData);
already_AddRefed<nsCSSKeyframeRule> ParseKeyframeRule();
bool ParseKeyframeSelectorList(InfallibleTArray<float>& aSelectorList);
bool ParseSupportsRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aProcessData);
bool ParseSupportsCondition(bool& aConditionMet);
bool ParseSupportsConditionNegation(bool& aConditionMet);
bool ParseSupportsConditionInParens(bool& aConditionMet);
bool ParseSupportsConditionInParensInsideParens(bool& aConditionMet);
bool ParseSupportsConditionTerms(bool& aConditionMet);
enum SupportsConditionTermOperator { eAnd, eOr };
bool ParseSupportsConditionTermsAfterOperator(
bool& aConditionMet,
SupportsConditionTermOperator aOperator);
enum nsSelectorParsingStatus {
// we have parsed a selector and we saw a token that cannot be
// part of a selector:
eSelectorParsingStatus_Done,
// we should continue parsing the selector:
eSelectorParsingStatus_Continue,
// we saw an unexpected token or token value,
// or we saw end-of-file with an unfinished selector:
eSelectorParsingStatus_Error
};
nsSelectorParsingStatus ParseIDSelector(int32_t& aDataMask,
nsCSSSelector& aSelector);
nsSelectorParsingStatus ParseClassSelector(int32_t& aDataMask,
nsCSSSelector& aSelector);
// aPseudoElement and aPseudoElementArgs are the location where
// pseudo-elements (as opposed to pseudo-classes) are stored;
// pseudo-classes are stored on aSelector. aPseudoElement and
// aPseudoElementArgs must be non-null iff !aIsNegated.
nsSelectorParsingStatus ParsePseudoSelector(int32_t& aDataMask,
nsCSSSelector& aSelector,
bool aIsNegated,
nsIAtom** aPseudoElement,
nsAtomList** aPseudoElementArgs,
nsCSSPseudoElements::Type* aPseudoElementType);
nsSelectorParsingStatus ParseAttributeSelector(int32_t& aDataMask,
nsCSSSelector& aSelector);
nsSelectorParsingStatus ParseTypeOrUniversalSelector(int32_t& aDataMask,
nsCSSSelector& aSelector,
bool aIsNegated);
nsSelectorParsingStatus ParsePseudoClassWithIdentArg(nsCSSSelector& aSelector,
nsCSSPseudoClasses::Type aType);
nsSelectorParsingStatus ParsePseudoClassWithNthPairArg(nsCSSSelector& aSelector,
nsCSSPseudoClasses::Type aType);
nsSelectorParsingStatus ParsePseudoClassWithSelectorListArg(nsCSSSelector& aSelector,
nsCSSPseudoClasses::Type aType);
nsSelectorParsingStatus ParseNegatedSimpleSelector(int32_t& aDataMask,
nsCSSSelector& aSelector);
// If aStopChar is non-zero, the selector list is done when we hit
// aStopChar. Otherwise, it's done when we hit EOF.
bool ParseSelectorList(nsCSSSelectorList*& aListHead,
PRUnichar aStopChar);
bool ParseSelectorGroup(nsCSSSelectorList*& aListHead);
bool ParseSelector(nsCSSSelectorList* aList, PRUnichar aPrevCombinator);
enum {
eParseDeclaration_InBraces = 1 << 0,
eParseDeclaration_AllowImportant = 1 << 1
};
enum nsCSSContextType {
eCSSContext_General,
eCSSContext_Page
};
css::Declaration* ParseDeclarationBlock(uint32_t aFlags,
nsCSSContextType aContext = eCSSContext_General);
bool ParseDeclaration(css::Declaration* aDeclaration,
uint32_t aFlags,
bool aMustCallValueAppended,
bool* aChanged,
nsCSSContextType aContext = eCSSContext_General);
bool ParseProperty(nsCSSProperty aPropID);
bool ParsePropertyByFunction(nsCSSProperty aPropID);
bool ParseSingleValueProperty(nsCSSValue& aValue,
nsCSSProperty aPropID);
enum PriorityParsingStatus {
ePriority_None,
ePriority_Important,
ePriority_Error
};
PriorityParsingStatus ParsePriority();
#ifdef MOZ_XUL
bool ParseTreePseudoElement(nsAtomList **aPseudoElementArgs);
#endif
void InitBoxPropsAsPhysical(const nsCSSProperty *aSourceProperties);
// Property specific parsing routines
bool ParseBackground();
struct BackgroundParseState {
nsCSSValue& mColor;
nsCSSValueList* mImage;
nsCSSValuePairList* mRepeat;
nsCSSValueList* mAttachment;
nsCSSValueList* mClip;
nsCSSValueList* mOrigin;
nsCSSValueList* mPosition;
nsCSSValuePairList* mSize;
BackgroundParseState(
nsCSSValue& aColor, nsCSSValueList* aImage, nsCSSValuePairList* aRepeat,
nsCSSValueList* aAttachment, nsCSSValueList* aClip,
nsCSSValueList* aOrigin, nsCSSValueList* aPosition,
nsCSSValuePairList* aSize) :
mColor(aColor), mImage(aImage), mRepeat(aRepeat),
mAttachment(aAttachment), mClip(aClip), mOrigin(aOrigin),
mPosition(aPosition), mSize(aSize) {};
};
bool ParseBackgroundItem(BackgroundParseState& aState);
bool ParseValueList(nsCSSProperty aPropID); // a single value prop-id
bool ParseBackgroundRepeat();
bool ParseBackgroundRepeatValues(nsCSSValuePair& aValue);
bool ParseBackgroundPosition();
// ParseBoxPositionValues parses the CSS 2.1 background-position syntax,
// which is still used by some properties. See ParseBackgroundPositionValues
// for the css3-background syntax.
bool ParseBoxPositionValues(nsCSSValuePair& aOut, bool aAcceptsInherit,
bool aAllowExplicitCenter = true); // deprecated
bool ParseBackgroundPositionValues(nsCSSValue& aOut, bool aAcceptsInherit);
bool ParseBackgroundSize();
bool ParseBackgroundSizeValues(nsCSSValuePair& aOut);
bool ParseBorderColor();
bool ParseBorderColors(nsCSSProperty aProperty);
void SetBorderImageInitialValues();
bool ParseBorderImageRepeat(bool aAcceptsInherit);
// If ParseBorderImageSlice returns false, aConsumedTokens indicates
// whether or not any tokens were consumed (in other words, was the property
// in error or just not present). If ParseBorderImageSlice returns true
// aConsumedTokens is always true.
bool ParseBorderImageSlice(bool aAcceptsInherit, bool* aConsumedTokens);
bool ParseBorderImageWidth(bool aAcceptsInherit);
bool ParseBorderImageOutset(bool aAcceptsInherit);
bool ParseBorderImage();
bool ParseBorderSpacing();
bool ParseBorderSide(const nsCSSProperty aPropIDs[],
bool aSetAllSides);
bool ParseDirectionalBorderSide(const nsCSSProperty aPropIDs[],
int32_t aSourceType);
bool ParseBorderStyle();
bool ParseBorderWidth();
bool ParseCalc(nsCSSValue &aValue, int32_t aVariantMask);
bool ParseCalcAdditiveExpression(nsCSSValue& aValue,
int32_t& aVariantMask);
bool ParseCalcMultiplicativeExpression(nsCSSValue& aValue,
int32_t& aVariantMask,
bool *aHadFinalWS);
bool ParseCalcTerm(nsCSSValue& aValue, int32_t& aVariantMask);
bool RequireWhitespace();
// For "flex" shorthand property, defined in CSS3 Flexbox
bool ParseFlex();
// for 'clip' and '-moz-image-region'
bool ParseRect(nsCSSProperty aPropID);
bool ParseColumns();
bool ParseContent();
bool ParseCounterData(nsCSSProperty aPropID);
bool ParseCursor();
bool ParseFont();
bool ParseFontSynthesis(nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseSingleAlternate(int32_t& aWhichFeature, nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseFontVariantAlternates(nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseBitmaskValues(nsCSSValue& aValue, const int32_t aKeywordTable[],
const int32_t aMasks[]);
bool ParseFontVariantEastAsian(nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseFontVariantLigatures(nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseFontVariantNumeric(nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseFontWeight(nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseOneFamily(nsAString& aFamily, bool& aOneKeyword);
bool ParseFamily(nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseFontFeatureSettings(nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseFontSrc(nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseFontSrcFormat(InfallibleTArray<nsCSSValue>& values);
bool ParseFontRanges(nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseListStyle();
bool ParseMargin();
bool ParseMarks(nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseTransform(bool aIsPrefixed);
bool ParseOutline();
bool ParseOverflow();
bool ParsePadding();
bool ParseQuotes();
bool ParseSize();
bool ParseTextDecoration();
bool ParseTextDecorationLine(nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseTextOverflow(nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseShadowItem(nsCSSValue& aValue, bool aIsBoxShadow);
bool ParseShadowList(nsCSSProperty aProperty);
bool ParseTransitionProperty();
bool ParseTransitionTimingFunctionValues(nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseTransitionTimingFunctionValueComponent(float& aComponent,
char aStop,
bool aCheckRange);
bool ParseTransitionStepTimingFunctionValues(nsCSSValue& aValue);
enum ParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthandResult {
eParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthand_Values,
eParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthand_Inherit,
eParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthand_Error
};
ParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthandResult
ParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthand(const nsCSSProperty* aProperties,
const nsCSSValue* aInitialValues,
nsCSSValue* aValues,
size_t aNumProperties);
bool ParseTransition();
bool ParseAnimation();
bool ParsePaint(nsCSSProperty aPropID);
bool ParseDasharray();
bool ParseMarker();
bool ParsePaintOrder();
// Reused utility parsing routines
void AppendValue(nsCSSProperty aPropID, const nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseBoxProperties(const nsCSSProperty aPropIDs[]);
bool ParseGroupedBoxProperty(int32_t aVariantMask,
nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseDirectionalBoxProperty(nsCSSProperty aProperty,
int32_t aSourceType);
bool ParseBoxCornerRadius(const nsCSSProperty aPropID);
bool ParseBoxCornerRadii(const nsCSSProperty aPropIDs[]);
int32_t ParseChoice(nsCSSValue aValues[],
const nsCSSProperty aPropIDs[], int32_t aNumIDs);
bool ParseColor(nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseColorComponent(uint8_t& aComponent,
int32_t& aType, char aStop);
// ParseHSLColor parses everything starting with the opening '('
// up through and including the aStop char.
bool ParseHSLColor(nscolor& aColor, char aStop);
// ParseColorOpacity will enforce that the color ends with a ')'
// after the opacity
bool ParseColorOpacity(uint8_t& aOpacity);
bool ParseEnum(nsCSSValue& aValue, const int32_t aKeywordTable[]);
bool ParseVariant(nsCSSValue& aValue,
int32_t aVariantMask,
const int32_t aKeywordTable[]);
bool ParseNonNegativeVariant(nsCSSValue& aValue,
int32_t aVariantMask,
const int32_t aKeywordTable[]);
bool ParseOneOrLargerVariant(nsCSSValue& aValue,
int32_t aVariantMask,
const int32_t aKeywordTable[]);
bool ParseCounter(nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseAttr(nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool SetValueToURL(nsCSSValue& aValue, const nsString& aURL);
bool TranslateDimension(nsCSSValue& aValue, int32_t aVariantMask,
float aNumber, const nsString& aUnit);
bool ParseImageRect(nsCSSValue& aImage);
bool ParseElement(nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseColorStop(nsCSSValueGradient* aGradient);
bool ParseLinearGradient(nsCSSValue& aValue, bool aIsRepeating,
bool aIsLegacy);
bool ParseRadialGradient(nsCSSValue& aValue, bool aIsRepeating,
bool aIsLegacy);
bool IsLegacyGradientLine(const nsCSSTokenType& aType,
const nsString& aId);
bool ParseGradientColorStops(nsCSSValueGradient* aGradient,
nsCSSValue& aValue);
void SetParsingCompoundProperty(bool aBool) {
mParsingCompoundProperty = aBool;
}
bool IsParsingCompoundProperty(void) const {
return mParsingCompoundProperty;
}
/* Functions for transform Parsing */
bool ParseSingleTransform(bool aIsPrefixed, nsCSSValue& aValue);
bool ParseFunction(nsCSSKeyword aFunction, const int32_t aAllowedTypes[],
int32_t aVariantMaskAll, uint16_t aMinElems,
uint16_t aMaxElems, nsCSSValue &aValue);
bool ParseFunctionInternals(const int32_t aVariantMask[],
int32_t aVariantMaskAll,
uint16_t aMinElems,
uint16_t aMaxElems,
InfallibleTArray<nsCSSValue>& aOutput);
/* Functions for transform-origin/perspective-origin Parsing */
bool ParseTransformOrigin(bool aPerspective);
/* Functions for filter parsing */
bool ParseFilter();
bool ParseSingleFilter(nsCSSValue* aValue);
bool ParseDropShadow(nsCSSValue* aValue);
/* Find and return the namespace ID associated with aPrefix.
If aPrefix has not been declared in an @namespace rule, returns
kNameSpaceID_Unknown. */
int32_t GetNamespaceIdForPrefix(const nsString& aPrefix);
/* Find the correct default namespace, and set it on aSelector. */
void SetDefaultNamespaceOnSelector(nsCSSSelector& aSelector);
// Current token. The value is valid after calling GetToken and invalidated
// by UngetToken.
nsCSSToken mToken;
// Our scanner.
nsCSSScanner* mScanner;
// Our error reporter.
css::ErrorReporter* mReporter;
// The URI to be used as a base for relative URIs.
nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> mBaseURI;
// The URI to be used as an HTTP "Referer" and for error reporting.
nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> mSheetURI;
// The principal of the sheet involved
nsCOMPtr<nsIPrincipal> mSheetPrincipal;
// The sheet we're parsing into
nsRefPtr<nsCSSStyleSheet> mSheet;
// Used for @import rules
mozilla::css::Loader* mChildLoader; // not ref counted, it owns us
// Sheet section we're in. This is used to enforce correct ordering of the
// various rule types (eg the fact that a @charset rule must come before
// anything else). Note that there are checks of similar things in various
// places in nsCSSStyleSheet.cpp (e.g in insertRule, RebuildChildList).
enum nsCSSSection {
eCSSSection_Charset,
eCSSSection_Import,
eCSSSection_NameSpace,
eCSSSection_General
};
nsCSSSection mSection;
nsXMLNameSpaceMap *mNameSpaceMap; // weak, mSheet owns it
// After an UngetToken is done this flag is true. The next call to
// GetToken clears the flag.
bool mHavePushBack : 1;
// True if we are in quirks mode; false in standards or almost standards mode
bool mNavQuirkMode : 1;
// True when the hashless color quirk applies.
bool mHashlessColorQuirk : 1;
// True when the unitless length quirk applies.
bool mUnitlessLengthQuirk : 1;
// True if unsafe rules should be allowed
bool mUnsafeRulesEnabled : 1;
// True if viewport units should be allowed.
bool mViewportUnitsEnabled : 1;
// True for parsing media lists for HTML attributes, where we have to
// ignore CSS comments.
bool mHTMLMediaMode : 1;
// This flag is set when parsing a non-box shorthand; it's used to not apply
// some quirks during shorthand parsing
bool mParsingCompoundProperty : 1;
// True if we are somewhere within a @supports rule whose condition is
// false.
bool mInFailingSupportsRule : 1;
// True if we will suppress all parse errors (except unexpected EOFs).
// This is used to prevent errors for declarations inside a failing
// @supports rule.
bool mSuppressErrors : 1;
// Stack of rule groups; used for @media and such.
InfallibleTArray<nsRefPtr<css::GroupRule> > mGroupStack;
// During the parsing of a property (which may be a shorthand), the data
// are stored in |mTempData|. (It is needed to ensure that parser
// errors cause the data to be ignored, and to ensure that a
// non-'!important' declaration does not override an '!important'
// one.)
nsCSSExpandedDataBlock mTempData;
// All data from successfully parsed properties are placed into |mData|.
nsCSSExpandedDataBlock mData;
public:
// Used from nsCSSParser constructors and destructors
CSSParserImpl* mNextFree;
};
static void AssignRuleToPointer(css::Rule* aRule, void* aPointer)
{
css::Rule **pointer = static_cast<css::Rule**>(aPointer);
NS_ADDREF(*pointer = aRule);
}
static void AppendRuleToSheet(css::Rule* aRule, void* aParser)
{
CSSParserImpl* parser = (CSSParserImpl*) aParser;
parser->AppendRule(aRule);
}
#define REPORT_UNEXPECTED(msg_) \
{ if (!mSuppressErrors) mReporter->ReportUnexpected(#msg_); }
#define REPORT_UNEXPECTED_P(msg_, param_) \
{ if (!mSuppressErrors) mReporter->ReportUnexpected(#msg_, param_); }
#define REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(msg_) \
{ if (!mSuppressErrors) mReporter->ReportUnexpected(#msg_, mToken); }
#define REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN_CHAR(msg_, ch_) \
{ if (!mSuppressErrors) mReporter->ReportUnexpected(#msg_, mToken, ch_); }
#define REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(lf_) \
mReporter->ReportUnexpectedEOF(#lf_)
#define REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF_CHAR(ch_) \
mReporter->ReportUnexpectedEOF(ch_)
#define OUTPUT_ERROR() \
mReporter->OutputError()
#define CLEAR_ERROR() \
mReporter->ClearError()
CSSParserImpl::CSSParserImpl()
: mToken(),
mScanner(nullptr),
mReporter(nullptr),
mChildLoader(nullptr),
mSection(eCSSSection_Charset),
mNameSpaceMap(nullptr),
mHavePushBack(false),
mNavQuirkMode(false),
mHashlessColorQuirk(false),
mUnitlessLengthQuirk(false),
mUnsafeRulesEnabled(false),
mViewportUnitsEnabled(true),
mHTMLMediaMode(false),
mParsingCompoundProperty(false),
mInFailingSupportsRule(false),
mSuppressErrors(false),
mNextFree(nullptr)
{
}
CSSParserImpl::~CSSParserImpl()
{
mData.AssertInitialState();
mTempData.AssertInitialState();
}
nsresult
CSSParserImpl::SetStyleSheet(nsCSSStyleSheet* aSheet)
{
if (aSheet != mSheet) {
// Switch to using the new sheet, if any
mGroupStack.Clear();
mSheet = aSheet;
if (mSheet) {
mNameSpaceMap = mSheet->GetNameSpaceMap();
} else {
mNameSpaceMap = nullptr;
}
} else if (mSheet) {
mNameSpaceMap = mSheet->GetNameSpaceMap();
}
return NS_OK;
}
nsresult
CSSParserImpl::SetQuirkMode(bool aQuirkMode)
{
mNavQuirkMode = aQuirkMode;
return NS_OK;
}
nsresult
CSSParserImpl::SetChildLoader(mozilla::css::Loader* aChildLoader)
{
mChildLoader = aChildLoader; // not ref counted, it owns us
return NS_OK;
}
void
CSSParserImpl::Reset()
{
NS_ASSERTION(!mScanner, "resetting with scanner active");
SetStyleSheet(nullptr);
SetQuirkMode(false);
SetChildLoader(nullptr);
}
void
CSSParserImpl::InitScanner(nsCSSScanner& aScanner,
css::ErrorReporter& aReporter,
nsIURI* aSheetURI, nsIURI* aBaseURI,
nsIPrincipal* aSheetPrincipal)
{
NS_PRECONDITION(!mHTMLMediaMode, "Bad initial state");
NS_PRECONDITION(!mParsingCompoundProperty, "Bad initial state");
NS_PRECONDITION(!mScanner, "already have scanner");
mScanner = &aScanner;
mReporter = &aReporter;
mScanner->SetErrorReporter(mReporter);
mBaseURI = aBaseURI;
mSheetURI = aSheetURI;
mSheetPrincipal = aSheetPrincipal;
mHavePushBack = false;
}
void
CSSParserImpl::ReleaseScanner()
{
mScanner = nullptr;
mReporter = nullptr;
mBaseURI = nullptr;
mSheetURI = nullptr;
mSheetPrincipal = nullptr;
}
nsresult
CSSParserImpl::ParseSheet(const nsAString& aInput,
nsIURI* aSheetURI,
nsIURI* aBaseURI,
nsIPrincipal* aSheetPrincipal,
uint32_t aLineNumber,
bool aAllowUnsafeRules)
{
NS_PRECONDITION(aSheetPrincipal, "Must have principal here!");
NS_PRECONDITION(aBaseURI, "need base URI");
NS_PRECONDITION(aSheetURI, "need sheet URI");
NS_PRECONDITION(mSheet, "Must have sheet to parse into");
NS_ENSURE_STATE(mSheet);
#ifdef DEBUG
nsIURI* uri = mSheet->GetSheetURI();
bool equal;
NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(aSheetURI->Equals(uri, &equal)) && equal,
"Sheet URI does not match passed URI");
NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(mSheet->Principal()->Equals(aSheetPrincipal,
&equal)) &&
equal,
"Sheet principal does not match passed principal");
#endif
nsCSSScanner scanner(aInput, aLineNumber);
css::ErrorReporter reporter(scanner, mSheet, mChildLoader, aSheetURI);
InitScanner(scanner, reporter, aSheetURI, aBaseURI, aSheetPrincipal);
int32_t ruleCount = mSheet->StyleRuleCount();
if (0 < ruleCount) {
const css::Rule* lastRule = mSheet->GetStyleRuleAt(ruleCount - 1);
if (lastRule) {
switch (lastRule->GetType()) {
case css::Rule::CHARSET_RULE:
case css::Rule::IMPORT_RULE:
mSection = eCSSSection_Import;
break;
case css::Rule::NAMESPACE_RULE:
mSection = eCSSSection_NameSpace;
break;
default:
mSection = eCSSSection_General;
break;
}
}
}
else {
mSection = eCSSSection_Charset; // sheet is empty, any rules are fair
}
mUnsafeRulesEnabled = aAllowUnsafeRules;
nsCSSToken* tk = &mToken;
for (;;) {
// Get next non-whitespace token
if (!GetToken(true)) {
OUTPUT_ERROR();
break;
}
if (eCSSToken_HTMLComment == tk->mType) {
continue; // legal here only
}
if (eCSSToken_AtKeyword == tk->mType) {
ParseAtRule(AppendRuleToSheet, this, false);
continue;
}
UngetToken();
if (ParseRuleSet(AppendRuleToSheet, this)) {
mSection = eCSSSection_General;
}
}
ReleaseScanner();
mUnsafeRulesEnabled = false;
// XXX check for low level errors
return NS_OK;
}
/**
* Determines whether the identifier contained in the given string is a
* vendor-specific identifier, as described in CSS 2.1 section 4.1.2.1.
*/
static bool
NonMozillaVendorIdentifier(const nsAString& ident)
{
return (ident.First() == PRUnichar('-') &&
!StringBeginsWith(ident, NS_LITERAL_STRING("-moz-"))) ||
ident.First() == PRUnichar('_');
}
nsresult
CSSParserImpl::ParseStyleAttribute(const nsAString& aAttributeValue,
nsIURI* aDocURI,
nsIURI* aBaseURI,
nsIPrincipal* aNodePrincipal,
css::StyleRule** aResult)
{
NS_PRECONDITION(aNodePrincipal, "Must have principal here!");
NS_PRECONDITION(aBaseURI, "need base URI");
// XXX line number?
nsCSSScanner scanner(aAttributeValue, 0);
css::ErrorReporter reporter(scanner, mSheet, mChildLoader, aDocURI);
InitScanner(scanner, reporter, aDocURI, aBaseURI, aNodePrincipal);
mSection = eCSSSection_General;
// In quirks mode, allow style declarations to have braces or not
// (bug 99554).
bool haveBraces;
if (mNavQuirkMode && GetToken(true)) {
haveBraces = eCSSToken_Symbol == mToken.mType &&
'{' == mToken.mSymbol;
UngetToken();
}
else {
haveBraces = false;
}
uint32_t parseFlags = eParseDeclaration_AllowImportant;
if (haveBraces) {
parseFlags |= eParseDeclaration_InBraces;
}
css::Declaration* declaration = ParseDeclarationBlock(parseFlags);
if (declaration) {
// Create a style rule for the declaration
NS_ADDREF(*aResult = new css::StyleRule(nullptr, declaration));
} else {
*aResult = nullptr;
}
ReleaseScanner();
// XXX check for low level errors
return NS_OK;
}
nsresult
CSSParserImpl::ParseDeclarations(const nsAString& aBuffer,
nsIURI* aSheetURI,
nsIURI* aBaseURI,
nsIPrincipal* aSheetPrincipal,
css::Declaration* aDeclaration,
bool* aChanged)
{
*aChanged = false;
NS_PRECONDITION(aSheetPrincipal, "Must have principal here!");
nsCSSScanner scanner(aBuffer, 0);
css::ErrorReporter reporter(scanner, mSheet, mChildLoader, aSheetURI);
InitScanner(scanner, reporter, aSheetURI, aBaseURI, aSheetPrincipal);
mSection = eCSSSection_General;
mData.AssertInitialState();
aDeclaration->ClearData();
// We could check if it was already empty, but...
*aChanged = true;
for (;;) {
// If we cleared the old decl, then we want to be calling
// ValueAppended as we parse.
if (!ParseDeclaration(aDeclaration, eParseDeclaration_AllowImportant,
true, aChanged)) {
if (!SkipDeclaration(false)) {
break;
}
}
}
aDeclaration->CompressFrom(&mData);
ReleaseScanner();
return NS_OK;
}
nsresult
CSSParserImpl::ParseRule(const nsAString& aRule,
nsIURI* aSheetURI,
nsIURI* aBaseURI,
nsIPrincipal* aSheetPrincipal,
css::Rule** aResult)
{
NS_PRECONDITION(aSheetPrincipal, "Must have principal here!");
NS_PRECONDITION(aBaseURI, "need base URI");
*aResult = nullptr;
nsCSSScanner scanner(aRule, 0);
css::ErrorReporter reporter(scanner, mSheet, mChildLoader, aSheetURI);
InitScanner(scanner, reporter, aSheetURI, aBaseURI, aSheetPrincipal);
mSection = eCSSSection_Charset; // callers are responsible for rejecting invalid rules.
nsCSSToken* tk = &mToken;
// Get first non-whitespace token
nsresult rv = NS_OK;
if (!GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEParseRuleWSOnly);
OUTPUT_ERROR();
rv = NS_ERROR_DOM_SYNTAX_ERR;
} else {
if (eCSSToken_AtKeyword == tk->mType) {
// FIXME: perhaps aInsideBlock should be true when we are?
ParseAtRule(AssignRuleToPointer, aResult, false);
} else {
UngetToken();
ParseRuleSet(AssignRuleToPointer, aResult);
}
if (*aResult && GetToken(true)) {
// garbage after rule
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PERuleTrailing);
NS_RELEASE(*aResult);
}
if (!*aResult) {
rv = NS_ERROR_DOM_SYNTAX_ERR;
OUTPUT_ERROR();
}
}
ReleaseScanner();
return rv;
}
// See Bug 723197
#ifdef _MSC_VER
#pragma optimize( "", off )
#pragma warning( push )
#pragma warning( disable : 4748 )
#endif
nsresult
CSSParserImpl::ParseProperty(const nsCSSProperty aPropID,
const nsAString& aPropValue,
nsIURI* aSheetURI,
nsIURI* aBaseURI,
nsIPrincipal* aSheetPrincipal,
css::Declaration* aDeclaration,
bool* aChanged,
bool aIsImportant,
bool aIsSVGMode)
{
NS_PRECONDITION(aSheetPrincipal, "Must have principal here!");
NS_PRECONDITION(aBaseURI, "need base URI");
NS_PRECONDITION(aDeclaration, "Need declaration to parse into!");
mData.AssertInitialState();
mTempData.AssertInitialState();
aDeclaration->AssertMutable();
nsCSSScanner scanner(aPropValue, 0);
css::ErrorReporter reporter(scanner, mSheet, mChildLoader, aSheetURI);
InitScanner(scanner, reporter, aSheetURI, aBaseURI, aSheetPrincipal);
mSection = eCSSSection_General;
scanner.SetSVGMode(aIsSVGMode);
*aChanged = false;
// Check for unknown or preffed off properties
if (eCSSProperty_UNKNOWN == aPropID || !nsCSSProps::IsEnabled(aPropID)) {
NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16 propName(nsCSSProps::GetStringValue(aPropID));
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_P(PEUnknownProperty, propName);
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEDeclDropped);
OUTPUT_ERROR();
ReleaseScanner();
return NS_OK;
}
bool parsedOK = ParseProperty(aPropID);
// We should now be at EOF
if (parsedOK && GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectEndValue);
parsedOK = false;
}
if (!parsedOK) {
NS_ConvertASCIItoUTF16 propName(nsCSSProps::GetStringValue(aPropID));
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_P(PEValueParsingError, propName);
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEDeclDropped);
OUTPUT_ERROR();
mTempData.ClearProperty(aPropID);
} else {
// We know we don't need to force a ValueAppended call for the new
// value. So if we are not processing a shorthand, and there's
// already a value for this property in the declaration at the
// same importance level, then we can just copy our parsed value
// directly into the declaration without going through the whole
// expand/compress thing.
if (!aDeclaration->TryReplaceValue(aPropID, aIsImportant, mTempData,
aChanged)) {
// Do it the slow way
aDeclaration->ExpandTo(&mData);
*aChanged = mData.TransferFromBlock(mTempData, aPropID, aIsImportant,
true, false, aDeclaration);
aDeclaration->CompressFrom(&mData);
}
CLEAR_ERROR();
}
mTempData.AssertInitialState();
ReleaseScanner();
return NS_OK;
}
#ifdef _MSC_VER
#pragma warning( pop )
#pragma optimize( "", on )
#endif
nsresult
CSSParserImpl::ParseMediaList(const nsSubstring& aBuffer,
nsIURI* aURI, // for error reporting
uint32_t aLineNumber, // for error reporting
nsMediaList* aMediaList,
bool aHTMLMode)
{
// XXX Are there cases where the caller wants to keep what it already
// has in case of parser error? If GatherMedia ever changes to return
// a value other than true, we probably should avoid modifying aMediaList.
aMediaList->Clear();
// fake base URI since media lists don't have URIs in them
nsCSSScanner scanner(aBuffer, aLineNumber);
css::ErrorReporter reporter(scanner, mSheet, mChildLoader, aURI);
InitScanner(scanner, reporter, aURI, aURI, nullptr);
mHTMLMediaMode = aHTMLMode;
// XXXldb We need to make the scanner not skip CSS comments! (Or
// should we?)
// For aHTMLMode, we used to follow the parsing rules in
// http://www.w3.org/TR/1999/REC-html401-19991224/types.html#type-media-descriptors
// which wouldn't work for media queries since they remove all but the
// first word. However, they're changed in
// http://www.whatwg.org/specs/web-apps/current-work/multipage/section-document.html#media2
// (as of 2008-05-29) which says that the media attribute just points
// to a media query. (The main substative difference is the relative
// precedence of commas and paretheses.)
DebugOnly<bool> parsedOK = GatherMedia(aMediaList, false);
NS_ASSERTION(parsedOK, "GatherMedia returned false; we probably want to avoid "
"trashing aMediaList");
CLEAR_ERROR();
ReleaseScanner();
mHTMLMediaMode = false;
return NS_OK;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseColorString(const nsSubstring& aBuffer,
nsIURI* aURI, // for error reporting
uint32_t aLineNumber, // for error reporting
nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
nsCSSScanner scanner(aBuffer, aLineNumber);
css::ErrorReporter reporter(scanner, mSheet, mChildLoader, aURI);
InitScanner(scanner, reporter, aURI, aURI, nullptr);
// Parse a color, and check that there's nothing else after it.
bool colorParsed = ParseColor(aValue) && !GetToken(true);
OUTPUT_ERROR();
ReleaseScanner();
return colorParsed;
}
nsresult
CSSParserImpl::ParseSelectorString(const nsSubstring& aSelectorString,
nsIURI* aURI, // for error reporting
uint32_t aLineNumber, // for error reporting
nsCSSSelectorList **aSelectorList)
{
nsCSSScanner scanner(aSelectorString, aLineNumber);
css::ErrorReporter reporter(scanner, mSheet, mChildLoader, aURI);
InitScanner(scanner, reporter, aURI, aURI, nullptr);
bool success = ParseSelectorList(*aSelectorList, PRUnichar(0));
// We deliberately do not call OUTPUT_ERROR here, because all our
// callers map a failure return to a JS exception, and if that JS
// exception is caught, people don't want to see parser diagnostics;
// see e.g. http://bugs.jquery.com/ticket/7535
// It would be nice to be able to save the parser diagnostics into
// the exception, so that if it _isn't_ caught we can report them
// along with the usual uncaught-exception message, but we don't
// have any way to do that at present; see bug 631621.
CLEAR_ERROR();
ReleaseScanner();
if (success) {
NS_ASSERTION(*aSelectorList, "Should have list!");
return NS_OK;
}
NS_ASSERTION(!*aSelectorList, "Shouldn't have list!");
return NS_ERROR_DOM_SYNTAX_ERR;
}
already_AddRefed<nsCSSKeyframeRule>
CSSParserImpl::ParseKeyframeRule(const nsSubstring& aBuffer,
nsIURI* aURI,
uint32_t aLineNumber)
{
nsCSSScanner scanner(aBuffer, aLineNumber);
css::ErrorReporter reporter(scanner, mSheet, mChildLoader, aURI);
InitScanner(scanner, reporter, aURI, aURI, nullptr);
nsRefPtr<nsCSSKeyframeRule> result = ParseKeyframeRule();
if (GetToken(true)) {
// extra garbage at the end
result = nullptr;
}
OUTPUT_ERROR();
ReleaseScanner();
return result.forget();
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseKeyframeSelectorString(const nsSubstring& aSelectorString,
nsIURI* aURI, // for error reporting
uint32_t aLineNumber, // for error reporting
InfallibleTArray<float>& aSelectorList)
{
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(aSelectorList.IsEmpty(), "given list should start empty");
nsCSSScanner scanner(aSelectorString, aLineNumber);
css::ErrorReporter reporter(scanner, mSheet, mChildLoader, aURI);
InitScanner(scanner, reporter, aURI, aURI, nullptr);
bool success = ParseKeyframeSelectorList(aSelectorList) &&
// must consume entire input string
!GetToken(true);
OUTPUT_ERROR();
ReleaseScanner();
if (success) {
NS_ASSERTION(!aSelectorList.IsEmpty(), "should not be empty");
} else {
aSelectorList.Clear();
}
return success;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::EvaluateSupportsDeclaration(const nsAString& aProperty,
const nsAString& aValue,
nsIURI* aDocURL,
nsIURI* aBaseURL,
nsIPrincipal* aDocPrincipal)
{
nsCSSProperty propID = nsCSSProps::LookupProperty(aProperty,
nsCSSProps::eEnabled);
if (propID == eCSSProperty_UNKNOWN) {
return false;
}
nsCSSScanner scanner(aValue, 0);
css::ErrorReporter reporter(scanner, mSheet, mChildLoader, aDocURL);
InitScanner(scanner, reporter, aDocURL, aBaseURL, aDocPrincipal);
nsAutoSuppressErrors suppressErrors(this);
bool parsedOK = ParseProperty(propID) && !GetToken(true);
CLEAR_ERROR();
ReleaseScanner();
mTempData.ClearProperty(propID);
mTempData.AssertInitialState();
return parsedOK;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::EvaluateSupportsCondition(const nsAString& aDeclaration,
nsIURI* aDocURL,
nsIURI* aBaseURL,
nsIPrincipal* aDocPrincipal)
{
nsCSSScanner scanner(aDeclaration, 0);
css::ErrorReporter reporter(scanner, mSheet, mChildLoader, aDocURL);
InitScanner(scanner, reporter, aDocURL, aBaseURL, aDocPrincipal);
nsAutoSuppressErrors suppressErrors(this);
bool conditionMet;
bool parsedOK = ParseSupportsCondition(conditionMet) && !GetToken(true);
CLEAR_ERROR();
ReleaseScanner();
return parsedOK && conditionMet;
}
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
bool
CSSParserImpl::GetToken(bool aSkipWS)
{
if (mHavePushBack) {
mHavePushBack = false;
if (!aSkipWS || mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Whitespace) {
return true;
}
}
return mScanner->Next(mToken, aSkipWS);
}
void
CSSParserImpl::UngetToken()
{
NS_PRECONDITION(!mHavePushBack, "double pushback");
mHavePushBack = true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::GetNextTokenLocation(bool aSkipWS, uint32_t *linenum, uint32_t *colnum)
{
// Peek at next token so that mScanner updates line and column vals
if (!GetToken(aSkipWS)) {
return false;
}
UngetToken();
// The scanner uses one-indexing for line numbers but zero-indexing
// for column numbers.
*linenum = mScanner->GetLineNumber();
*colnum = 1 + mScanner->GetColumnNumber();
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ExpectSymbol(PRUnichar aSymbol,
bool aSkipWS)
{
if (!GetToken(aSkipWS)) {
// CSS2.1 specifies that all "open constructs" are to be closed at
// EOF. It simplifies higher layers if we claim to have found an
// ), ], }, or ; if we encounter EOF while looking for one of them.
// Do still issue a diagnostic, to aid debugging.
if (aSymbol == ')' || aSymbol == ']' ||
aSymbol == '}' || aSymbol == ';') {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF_CHAR(aSymbol);
return true;
}
else
return false;
}
if (mToken.IsSymbol(aSymbol)) {
return true;
}
UngetToken();
return false;
}
// Checks to see if we're at the end of a property. If an error occurs during
// the check, does not signal a parse error.
bool
CSSParserImpl::CheckEndProperty()
{
if (!GetToken(true)) {
return true; // properties may end with eof
}
if ((eCSSToken_Symbol == mToken.mType) &&
((';' == mToken.mSymbol) ||
('!' == mToken.mSymbol) ||
('}' == mToken.mSymbol) ||
(')' == mToken.mSymbol))) {
// XXX need to verify that ! is only followed by "important [;|}]
// XXX this requires a multi-token pushback buffer
UngetToken();
return true;
}
UngetToken();
return false;
}
// Checks if we're at the end of a property, raising an error if we're not.
bool
CSSParserImpl::ExpectEndProperty()
{
if (CheckEndProperty())
return true;
// If we're here, we read something incorrect, so we should report it.
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectEndValue);
return false;
}
// Parses the priority suffix on a property, which at present may be
// either '!important' or nothing.
CSSParserImpl::PriorityParsingStatus
CSSParserImpl::ParsePriority()
{
if (!GetToken(true)) {
return ePriority_None; // properties may end with EOF
}
if (!mToken.IsSymbol('!')) {
UngetToken();
return ePriority_None; // dunno what it is, but it's not a priority
}
if (!GetToken(true)) {
// EOF is not ok after !
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEImportantEOF);
return ePriority_Error;
}
if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Ident ||
!mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("important")) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectedImportant);
UngetToken();
return ePriority_Error;
}
return ePriority_Important;
}
nsSubstring*
CSSParserImpl::NextIdent()
{
// XXX Error reporting?
if (!GetToken(true)) {
return nullptr;
}
if (eCSSToken_Ident != mToken.mType) {
UngetToken();
return nullptr;
}
return &mToken.mIdent;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::SkipAtRule(bool aInsideBlock)
{
for (;;) {
if (!GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PESkipAtRuleEOF2);
return false;
}
if (eCSSToken_Symbol == mToken.mType) {
PRUnichar symbol = mToken.mSymbol;
if (symbol == ';') {
break;
}
if (aInsideBlock && symbol == '}') {
// The closing } doesn't belong to us.
UngetToken();
break;
}
if (symbol == '{') {
SkipUntil('}');
break;
} else if (symbol == '(') {
SkipUntil(')');
} else if (symbol == '[') {
SkipUntil(']');
}
} else if (eCSSToken_Function == mToken.mType ||
eCSSToken_Bad_URL == mToken.mType) {
SkipUntil(')');
}
}
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseAtRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc,
void* aData,
bool aInAtRule)
{
nsCSSSection newSection;
bool (CSSParserImpl::*parseFunc)(RuleAppendFunc, void*);
if ((mSection <= eCSSSection_Charset) &&
(mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("charset"))) {
parseFunc = &CSSParserImpl::ParseCharsetRule;
newSection = eCSSSection_Import; // only one charset allowed
} else if ((mSection <= eCSSSection_Import) &&
mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("import")) {
parseFunc = &CSSParserImpl::ParseImportRule;
newSection = eCSSSection_Import;
} else if ((mSection <= eCSSSection_NameSpace) &&
mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("namespace")) {
parseFunc = &CSSParserImpl::ParseNameSpaceRule;
newSection = eCSSSection_NameSpace;
} else if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("media")) {
parseFunc = &CSSParserImpl::ParseMediaRule;
newSection = eCSSSection_General;
} else if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("-moz-document")) {
parseFunc = &CSSParserImpl::ParseMozDocumentRule;
newSection = eCSSSection_General;
} else if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("font-face")) {
parseFunc = &CSSParserImpl::ParseFontFaceRule;
newSection = eCSSSection_General;
} else if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("font-feature-values") &&
nsCSSFontFeatureValuesRule::PrefEnabled()) {
parseFunc = &CSSParserImpl::ParseFontFeatureValuesRule;
newSection = eCSSSection_General;
} else if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("page")) {
parseFunc = &CSSParserImpl::ParsePageRule;
newSection = eCSSSection_General;
} else if ((nsCSSProps::IsEnabled(eCSSPropertyAlias_MozAnimation) &&
mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("-moz-keyframes")) ||
mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("keyframes")) {
parseFunc = &CSSParserImpl::ParseKeyframesRule;
newSection = eCSSSection_General;
} else if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("supports") &&
CSSSupportsRule::PrefEnabled()) {
parseFunc = &CSSParserImpl::ParseSupportsRule;
newSection = eCSSSection_General;
} else {
if (!NonMozillaVendorIdentifier(mToken.mIdent)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEUnknownAtRule);
OUTPUT_ERROR();
}
// Skip over unsupported at rule, don't advance section
return SkipAtRule(aInAtRule);
}
// Inside of @-rules, only the rules that can occur anywhere
// are allowed.
bool unnestable = aInAtRule && newSection != eCSSSection_General;
if (unnestable) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEGroupRuleNestedAtRule);
}
if (unnestable || !(this->*parseFunc)(aAppendFunc, aData)) {
// Skip over invalid at rule, don't advance section
OUTPUT_ERROR();
return SkipAtRule(aInAtRule);
}
// Nested @-rules don't affect the top-level rule chain requirement
if (!aInAtRule) {
mSection = newSection;
}
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseCharsetRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc,
void* aData)
{
if (!GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PECharsetRuleEOF);
return false;
}
if (eCSSToken_String != mToken.mType) {
UngetToken();
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PECharsetRuleNotString);
return false;
}
nsAutoString charset = mToken.mIdent;
if (!ExpectSymbol(';', true)) {
return false;
}
nsRefPtr<css::CharsetRule> rule = new css::CharsetRule(charset);
(*aAppendFunc)(rule, aData);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseURLOrString(nsString& aURL)
{
if (!GetToken(true)) {
return false;
}
if (eCSSToken_String == mToken.mType || eCSSToken_URL == mToken.mType) {
aURL = mToken.mIdent;
return true;
}
UngetToken();
return false;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseMediaQuery(bool aInAtRule,
nsMediaQuery **aQuery,
bool *aHitStop)
{
*aQuery = nullptr;
*aHitStop = false;
// "If the comma-separated list is the empty list it is assumed to
// specify the media query 'all'." (css3-mediaqueries, section
// "Media Queries")
if (!GetToken(true)) {
*aHitStop = true;
// expected termination by EOF
if (!aInAtRule)
return true;
// unexpected termination by EOF
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEGatherMediaEOF);
return true;
}
if (eCSSToken_Symbol == mToken.mType && aInAtRule &&
(mToken.mSymbol == ';' || mToken.mSymbol == '{' || mToken.mSymbol == '}' )) {
*aHitStop = true;
UngetToken();
return true;
}
UngetToken();
nsMediaQuery* query = new nsMediaQuery;
*aQuery = query;
if (ExpectSymbol('(', true)) {
// we got an expression without a media type
UngetToken(); // so ParseMediaQueryExpression can handle it
query->SetType(nsGkAtoms::all);
query->SetTypeOmitted();
// Just parse the first expression here.
if (!ParseMediaQueryExpression(query)) {
OUTPUT_ERROR();
query->SetHadUnknownExpression();
}
} else {
nsCOMPtr<nsIAtom> mediaType;
bool gotNotOrOnly = false;
for (;;) {
if (!GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEGatherMediaEOF);
return false;
}
if (eCSSToken_Ident != mToken.mType) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEGatherMediaNotIdent);
UngetToken();
return false;
}
// case insensitive from CSS - must be lower cased
nsContentUtils::ASCIIToLower(mToken.mIdent);
mediaType = do_GetAtom(mToken.mIdent);
if (!mediaType) {
NS_RUNTIMEABORT("do_GetAtom failed - out of memory?");
}
if (!gotNotOrOnly && mediaType == nsGkAtoms::_not) {
gotNotOrOnly = true;
query->SetNegated();
} else if (!gotNotOrOnly && mediaType == nsGkAtoms::only) {
gotNotOrOnly = true;
query->SetHasOnly();
} else if (mediaType == nsGkAtoms::_not ||
mediaType == nsGkAtoms::only ||
mediaType == nsGkAtoms::_and ||
mediaType == nsGkAtoms::_or) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEGatherMediaReservedMediaType);
UngetToken();
return false;
} else {
// valid media type
break;
}
}
query->SetType(mediaType);
}
for (;;) {
if (!GetToken(true)) {
*aHitStop = true;
// expected termination by EOF
if (!aInAtRule)
break;
// unexpected termination by EOF
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEGatherMediaEOF);
break;
}
if (eCSSToken_Symbol == mToken.mType && aInAtRule &&
(mToken.mSymbol == ';' || mToken.mSymbol == '{' || mToken.mSymbol == '}')) {
*aHitStop = true;
UngetToken();
break;
}
if (eCSSToken_Symbol == mToken.mType && mToken.mSymbol == ',') {
// Done with the expressions for this query
break;
}
if (eCSSToken_Ident != mToken.mType ||
!mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("and")) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEGatherMediaNotComma);
UngetToken();
return false;
}
if (!ParseMediaQueryExpression(query)) {
OUTPUT_ERROR();
query->SetHadUnknownExpression();
}
}
return true;
}
// Returns false only when there is a low-level error in the scanner
// (out-of-memory).
bool
CSSParserImpl::GatherMedia(nsMediaList* aMedia,
bool aInAtRule)
{
for (;;) {
nsAutoPtr<nsMediaQuery> query;
bool hitStop;
if (!ParseMediaQuery(aInAtRule, getter_Transfers(query),
&hitStop)) {
NS_ASSERTION(!hitStop, "should return true when hit stop");
OUTPUT_ERROR();
if (query) {
query->SetHadUnknownExpression();
}
if (aInAtRule) {
const PRUnichar stopChars[] =
{ PRUnichar(','), PRUnichar('{'), PRUnichar(';'), PRUnichar('}'), PRUnichar(0) };
SkipUntilOneOf(stopChars);
} else {
SkipUntil(',');
}
// Rely on SkipUntilOneOf leaving mToken around as the last token read.
if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Symbol && aInAtRule &&
(mToken.mSymbol == '{' || mToken.mSymbol == ';' || mToken.mSymbol == '}')) {
UngetToken();
hitStop = true;
}
}
if (query) {
aMedia->AppendQuery(query);
}
if (hitStop) {
break;
}
}
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseMediaQueryExpression(nsMediaQuery* aQuery)
{
if (!ExpectSymbol('(', true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEMQExpectedExpressionStart);
return false;
}
if (! GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEMQExpressionEOF);
return false;
}
if (eCSSToken_Ident != mToken.mType) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEMQExpectedFeatureName);
UngetToken();
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
nsMediaExpression *expr = aQuery->NewExpression();
// case insensitive from CSS - must be lower cased
nsContentUtils::ASCIIToLower(mToken.mIdent);
const PRUnichar *featureString;
if (StringBeginsWith(mToken.mIdent, NS_LITERAL_STRING("min-"))) {
expr->mRange = nsMediaExpression::eMin;
featureString = mToken.mIdent.get() + 4;
} else if (StringBeginsWith(mToken.mIdent, NS_LITERAL_STRING("max-"))) {
expr->mRange = nsMediaExpression::eMax;
featureString = mToken.mIdent.get() + 4;
} else {
expr->mRange = nsMediaExpression::eEqual;
featureString = mToken.mIdent.get();
}
nsCOMPtr<nsIAtom> mediaFeatureAtom = do_GetAtom(featureString);
if (!mediaFeatureAtom) {
NS_RUNTIMEABORT("do_GetAtom failed - out of memory?");
}
const nsMediaFeature *feature = nsMediaFeatures::features;
for (; feature->mName; ++feature) {
if (*(feature->mName) == mediaFeatureAtom) {
break;
}
}
if (!feature->mName ||
(expr->mRange != nsMediaExpression::eEqual &&
feature->mRangeType != nsMediaFeature::eMinMaxAllowed)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEMQExpectedFeatureName);
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
expr->mFeature = feature;
if (!GetToken(true) || mToken.IsSymbol(')')) {
// Query expressions for any feature can be given without a value.
// However, min/max prefixes are not allowed.
if (expr->mRange != nsMediaExpression::eEqual) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEMQNoMinMaxWithoutValue);
return false;
}
expr->mValue.Reset();
return true;
}
if (!mToken.IsSymbol(':')) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEMQExpectedFeatureNameEnd);
UngetToken();
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
bool rv;
switch (feature->mValueType) {
case nsMediaFeature::eLength:
rv = ParseNonNegativeVariant(expr->mValue, VARIANT_LENGTH, nullptr);
break;
case nsMediaFeature::eInteger:
case nsMediaFeature::eBoolInteger:
rv = ParseNonNegativeVariant(expr->mValue, VARIANT_INTEGER, nullptr);
// Enforce extra restrictions for eBoolInteger
if (rv &&
feature->mValueType == nsMediaFeature::eBoolInteger &&
expr->mValue.GetIntValue() > 1)
rv = false;
break;
case nsMediaFeature::eFloat:
rv = ParseNonNegativeVariant(expr->mValue, VARIANT_NUMBER, nullptr);
break;
case nsMediaFeature::eIntRatio:
{
// Two integers separated by '/', with optional whitespace on
// either side of the '/'.
nsRefPtr<nsCSSValue::Array> a = nsCSSValue::Array::Create(2);
expr->mValue.SetArrayValue(a, eCSSUnit_Array);
// We don't bother with ParseNonNegativeVariant since we have to
// check for != 0 as well; no need to worry about the UngetToken
// since we're throwing out up to the next ')' anyway.
rv = ParseVariant(a->Item(0), VARIANT_INTEGER, nullptr) &&
a->Item(0).GetIntValue() > 0 &&
ExpectSymbol('/', true) &&
ParseVariant(a->Item(1), VARIANT_INTEGER, nullptr) &&
a->Item(1).GetIntValue() > 0;
}
break;
case nsMediaFeature::eResolution:
rv = GetToken(true);
if (!rv)
break;
rv = mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Dimension && mToken.mNumber > 0.0f;
if (!rv) {
UngetToken();
break;
}
// No worries about whether unitless zero is allowed, since the
// value must be positive (and we checked that above).
NS_ASSERTION(!mToken.mIdent.IsEmpty(), "unit lied");
if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("dpi")) {
expr->mValue.SetFloatValue(mToken.mNumber, eCSSUnit_Inch);
} else if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("dppx")) {
expr->mValue.SetFloatValue(mToken.mNumber, eCSSUnit_Pixel);
} else if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("dpcm")) {
expr->mValue.SetFloatValue(mToken.mNumber, eCSSUnit_Centimeter);
} else {
rv = false;
}
break;
case nsMediaFeature::eEnumerated:
rv = ParseVariant(expr->mValue, VARIANT_KEYWORD,
feature->mData.mKeywordTable);
break;
case nsMediaFeature::eIdent:
rv = ParseVariant(expr->mValue, VARIANT_IDENTIFIER, nullptr);
break;
}
if (!rv || !ExpectSymbol(')', true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEMQExpectedFeatureValue);
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
return true;
}
// Parse a CSS2 import rule: "@import STRING | URL [medium [, medium]]"
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseImportRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aData)
{
nsRefPtr<nsMediaList> media = new nsMediaList();
nsAutoString url;
if (!ParseURLOrString(url)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEImportNotURI);
return false;
}
if (!ExpectSymbol(';', true)) {
if (!GatherMedia(media, true) ||
!ExpectSymbol(';', true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEImportUnexpected);
// don't advance section, simply ignore invalid @import
return false;
}
// Safe to assert this, since we ensured that there is something
// other than the ';' coming after the @import's url() token.
NS_ASSERTION(media->Count() != 0, "media list must be nonempty");
}
ProcessImport(url, media, aAppendFunc, aData);
return true;
}
void
CSSParserImpl::ProcessImport(const nsString& aURLSpec,
nsMediaList* aMedia,
RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc,
void* aData)
{
nsRefPtr<css::ImportRule> rule = new css::ImportRule(aMedia, aURLSpec);
(*aAppendFunc)(rule, aData);
// Diagnose bad URIs even if we don't have a child loader.
nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> url;
// Charset will be deduced from mBaseURI, which is more or less correct.
nsresult rv = NS_NewURI(getter_AddRefs(url), aURLSpec, nullptr, mBaseURI);
if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
if (rv == NS_ERROR_MALFORMED_URI) {
// import url is bad
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_P(PEImportBadURI, aURLSpec);
OUTPUT_ERROR();
}
return;
}
if (mChildLoader) {
mChildLoader->LoadChildSheet(mSheet, url, aMedia, rule);
}
}
// Parse the {} part of an @media or @-moz-document rule.
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseGroupRule(css::GroupRule* aRule,
RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc,
void* aData)
{
// XXXbz this could use better error reporting throughout the method
if (!ExpectSymbol('{', true)) {
return false;
}
// push rule on stack, loop over children
PushGroup(aRule);
nsCSSSection holdSection = mSection;
mSection = eCSSSection_General;
for (;;) {
// Get next non-whitespace token
if (! GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEGroupRuleEOF2);
break;
}
if (mToken.IsSymbol('}')) { // done!
UngetToken();
break;
}
if (eCSSToken_AtKeyword == mToken.mType) {
// Parse for nested rules
ParseAtRule(aAppendFunc, aData, true);
continue;
}
UngetToken();
ParseRuleSet(AppendRuleToSheet, this, true);
}
PopGroup();
if (!ExpectSymbol('}', true)) {
mSection = holdSection;
return false;
}
(*aAppendFunc)(aRule, aData);
return true;
}
// Parse a CSS2 media rule: "@media medium [, medium] { ... }"
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseMediaRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aData)
{
nsRefPtr<nsMediaList> media = new nsMediaList();
if (GatherMedia(media, true)) {
// XXXbz this could use better error reporting throughout the method
nsRefPtr<css::MediaRule> rule = new css::MediaRule();
// Append first, so when we do SetMedia() the rule
// knows what its stylesheet is.
if (ParseGroupRule(rule, aAppendFunc, aData)) {
rule->SetMedia(media);
return true;
}
}
return false;
}
// Parse a @-moz-document rule. This is like an @media rule, but instead
// of a medium it has a nonempty list of items where each item is either
// url(), url-prefix(), or domain().
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseMozDocumentRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aData)
{
css::DocumentRule::URL *urls = nullptr;
css::DocumentRule::URL **next = &urls;
do {
if (!GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEMozDocRuleEOF);
delete urls;
return false;
}
if (!(eCSSToken_URL == mToken.mType ||
(eCSSToken_Function == mToken.mType &&
(mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("url-prefix") ||
mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("domain") ||
mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("regexp"))))) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEMozDocRuleBadFunc);
UngetToken();
delete urls;
return false;
}
css::DocumentRule::URL *cur = *next = new css::DocumentRule::URL;
next = &cur->next;
if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_URL) {
cur->func = css::DocumentRule::eURL;
CopyUTF16toUTF8(mToken.mIdent, cur->url);
} else if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("regexp")) {
// regexp() is different from url-prefix() and domain() (but
// probably the way they *should* have been* in that it requires a
// string argument, and doesn't try to behave like url().
cur->func = css::DocumentRule::eRegExp;
GetToken(true);
// copy before we know it's valid (but before ExpectSymbol changes
// mToken.mIdent)
CopyUTF16toUTF8(mToken.mIdent, cur->url);
if (eCSSToken_String != mToken.mType || !ExpectSymbol(')', true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEMozDocRuleNotString);
SkipUntil(')');
delete urls;
return false;
}
} else {
if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("url-prefix")) {
cur->func = css::DocumentRule::eURLPrefix;
} else if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("domain")) {
cur->func = css::DocumentRule::eDomain;
}
NS_ASSERTION(!mHavePushBack, "mustn't have pushback at this point");
if (!mScanner->NextURL(mToken) || mToken.mType != eCSSToken_URL) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEMozDocRuleNotURI);
SkipUntil(')');
delete urls;
return false;
}
// We could try to make the URL (as long as it's not domain())
// canonical and absolute with NS_NewURI and GetSpec, but I'm
// inclined to think we shouldn't.
CopyUTF16toUTF8(mToken.mIdent, cur->url);
}
} while (ExpectSymbol(',', true));
nsRefPtr<css::DocumentRule> rule = new css::DocumentRule();
rule->SetURLs(urls);
return ParseGroupRule(rule, aAppendFunc, aData);
}
// Parse a CSS3 namespace rule: "@namespace [prefix] STRING | URL;"
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseNameSpaceRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aData)
{
if (!GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEAtNSPrefixEOF);
return false;
}
nsAutoString prefix;
nsAutoString url;
if (eCSSToken_Ident == mToken.mType) {
prefix = mToken.mIdent;
// user-specified identifiers are case-sensitive (bug 416106)
} else {
UngetToken();
}
if (!ParseURLOrString(url) || !ExpectSymbol(';', true)) {
if (mHavePushBack) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEAtNSUnexpected);
} else {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEAtNSURIEOF);
}
return false;
}
ProcessNameSpace(prefix, url, aAppendFunc, aData);
return true;
}
void
CSSParserImpl::ProcessNameSpace(const nsString& aPrefix,
const nsString& aURLSpec,
RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc,
void* aData)
{
nsCOMPtr<nsIAtom> prefix;
if (!aPrefix.IsEmpty()) {
prefix = do_GetAtom(aPrefix);
if (!prefix) {
NS_RUNTIMEABORT("do_GetAtom failed - out of memory?");
}
}
nsRefPtr<css::NameSpaceRule> rule = new css::NameSpaceRule(prefix, aURLSpec);
(*aAppendFunc)(rule, aData);
// If this was the first namespace rule encountered, it will trigger
// creation of a namespace map.
if (!mNameSpaceMap) {
mNameSpaceMap = mSheet->GetNameSpaceMap();
}
}
// font-face-rule: '@font-face' '{' font-description '}'
// font-description: font-descriptor+
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseFontFaceRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aData)
{
if (!ExpectSymbol('{', true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEBadFontBlockStart);
return false;
}
nsRefPtr<nsCSSFontFaceRule> rule(new nsCSSFontFaceRule());
for (;;) {
if (!GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEFontFaceEOF);
break;
}
if (mToken.IsSymbol('}')) { // done!
UngetToken();
break;
}
// ignore extra semicolons
if (mToken.IsSymbol(';'))
continue;
if (!ParseFontDescriptor(rule)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEDeclSkipped);
OUTPUT_ERROR();
if (!SkipDeclaration(true))
break;
}
}
if (!ExpectSymbol('}', true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEBadFontBlockEnd);
return false;
}
(*aAppendFunc)(rule, aData);
return true;
}
// font-descriptor: font-family-desc
// | font-style-desc
// | font-weight-desc
// | font-stretch-desc
// | font-src-desc
// | unicode-range-desc
//
// All font-*-desc productions follow the pattern
// IDENT ':' value ';'
//
// On entry to this function, mToken is the IDENT.
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseFontDescriptor(nsCSSFontFaceRule* aRule)
{
if (eCSSToken_Ident != mToken.mType) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEFontDescExpected);
return false;
}
nsString descName = mToken.mIdent;
if (!ExpectSymbol(':', true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEParseDeclarationNoColon);
OUTPUT_ERROR();
return false;
}
nsCSSFontDesc descID = nsCSSProps::LookupFontDesc(descName);
nsCSSValue value;
if (descID == eCSSFontDesc_UNKNOWN) {
if (NonMozillaVendorIdentifier(descName)) {
// silently skip other vendors' extensions
SkipDeclaration(true);
return true;
} else {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_P(PEUnknownFontDesc, descName);
return false;
}
}
if (!ParseFontDescriptorValue(descID, value)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_P(PEValueParsingError, descName);
return false;
}
if (!ExpectEndProperty())
return false;
aRule->SetDesc(descID, value);
return true;
}
// @font-feature-values <font-family># {
// @<feature-type> {
// <feature-ident> : <feature-index>+;
// <feature-ident> : <feature-index>+;
// ...
// }
// ...
// }
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseFontFeatureValuesRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc,
void* aData)
{
nsRefPtr<nsCSSFontFeatureValuesRule>
valuesRule(new nsCSSFontFeatureValuesRule());
// parse family list
nsCSSValue familyValue;
if (!ParseFamily(familyValue) ||
familyValue.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Families)
{
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEFFVNoFamily);
return false;
}
// add family to rule
nsAutoString familyList;
bool hasGeneric;
familyValue.GetStringValue(familyList);
valuesRule->SetFamilyList(familyList, hasGeneric);
// family list has generic ==> parse error
if (hasGeneric) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEFFVGenericInFamilyList);
return false;
}
// open brace
if (!ExpectSymbol('{', true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEFFVBlockStart);
return false;
}
// list of sets of feature values, each set bound to a specific
// feature-type (e.g. swash, annotation)
for (;;) {
if (!GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEFFVUnexpectedEOF);
break;
}
if (mToken.IsSymbol('}')) { // done!
UngetToken();
break;
}
if (!ParseFontFeatureValueSet(valuesRule)) {
if (!SkipAtRule(false)) {
break;
}
}
}
if (!ExpectSymbol('}', true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEFFVUnexpectedBlockEnd);
SkipUntil('}');
return false;
}
(*aAppendFunc)(valuesRule, aData);
return true;
}
#define NUMVALUES_NO_LIMIT 0xFFFF
// parse a single value set containing name-value pairs for a single feature type
// @<feature-type> { [ <feature-ident> : <feature-index>+ ; ]* }
// Ex: @swash { flowing: 1; delicate: 2; }
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseFontFeatureValueSet(nsCSSFontFeatureValuesRule
*aFeatureValuesRule)
{
// -- @keyword (e.g. swash, styleset)
if (eCSSToken_AtKeyword != mToken.mType) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEFontFeatureValuesNoAt);
OUTPUT_ERROR();
UngetToken();
return false;
}
// which font-specific variant of font-variant-alternates
int32_t whichVariant;
nsCSSKeyword keyword = nsCSSKeywords::LookupKeyword(mToken.mIdent);
if (keyword == eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN ||
!nsCSSProps::FindKeyword(keyword,
nsCSSProps::kFontVariantAlternatesFuncsKTable,
whichVariant))
{
if (!NonMozillaVendorIdentifier(mToken.mIdent)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEFFVUnknownFontVariantPropValue);
OUTPUT_ERROR();
}
UngetToken();
return false;
}
nsAutoString featureType(mToken.mIdent);
// open brace
if (!ExpectSymbol('{', true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEFFVValueSetStart);
return false;
}
// styleset and character-variant can be multi-valued, otherwise single value
int32_t limitNumValues;
switch (keyword) {
case eCSSKeyword_styleset:
limitNumValues = NUMVALUES_NO_LIMIT;
break;
case eCSSKeyword_character_variant:
limitNumValues = 2;
break;
default:
limitNumValues = 1;
break;
}
// -- ident integer+ [, ident integer+]
nsAutoTArray<gfxFontFeatureValueSet::ValueList, 5> values;
// list of font-feature-values-declaration's
for (;;) {
nsAutoString valueId;
if (!GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEFFVUnexpectedEOF);
break;
}
// ignore extra semicolons
if (mToken.IsSymbol(';')) {
continue;
}
// close brace ==> done
if (mToken.IsSymbol('}')) {
break;
}
// ident
if (eCSSToken_Ident != mToken.mType) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEFFVExpectedIdent);
if (!SkipDeclaration(true)) {
break;
}
continue;
}
valueId.Assign(mToken.mIdent);
// colon
if (!ExpectSymbol(':', true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEParseDeclarationNoColon);
OUTPUT_ERROR();
if (!SkipDeclaration(true)) {
break;
}
continue;
}
// value list
nsAutoTArray<uint32_t,4> featureSelectors;
nsCSSValue intValue;
while (ParseNonNegativeVariant(intValue, VARIANT_INTEGER, nullptr)) {
featureSelectors.AppendElement(uint32_t(intValue.GetIntValue()));
}
int32_t numValues = featureSelectors.Length();
if (numValues == 0) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEFFVExpectedValue);
OUTPUT_ERROR();
if (!SkipDeclaration(true)) {
break;
}
continue;
}
if (numValues > limitNumValues) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_P(PEFFVTooManyValues, featureType);
OUTPUT_ERROR();
if (!SkipDeclaration(true)) {
break;
}
continue;
}
if (!GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEFFVUnexpectedEOF);
gfxFontFeatureValueSet::ValueList v(valueId, featureSelectors);
values.AppendElement(v);
break;
}
// ';' or '}' to end definition
if (!mToken.IsSymbol(';') && !mToken.IsSymbol('}')) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEFFVValueDefinitionTrailing);
OUTPUT_ERROR();
if (!SkipDeclaration(true)) {
break;
}
continue;
}
gfxFontFeatureValueSet::ValueList v(valueId, featureSelectors);
values.AppendElement(v);
if (mToken.IsSymbol('}')) {
break;
}
}
aFeatureValuesRule->AddValueList(whichVariant, values);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseKeyframesRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aData)
{
if (!GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEKeyframeNameEOF);
return false;
}
if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Ident) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEKeyframeBadName);
UngetToken();
return false;
}
nsString name(mToken.mIdent);
if (!ExpectSymbol('{', true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEKeyframeBrace);
return false;
}
nsRefPtr<nsCSSKeyframesRule> rule = new nsCSSKeyframesRule(name);
while (!ExpectSymbol('}', true)) {
nsRefPtr<nsCSSKeyframeRule> kid = ParseKeyframeRule();
if (kid) {
rule->AppendStyleRule(kid);
} else {
OUTPUT_ERROR();
SkipRuleSet(true);
}
}
(*aAppendFunc)(rule, aData);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParsePageRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aData)
{
// TODO: There can be page selectors after @page such as ":first", ":left".
uint32_t parseFlags = eParseDeclaration_InBraces |
eParseDeclaration_AllowImportant;
// Forbid viewport units in @page rules. See bug 811391.
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(mViewportUnitsEnabled,
"Viewport units should be enabled outside of @page rules.");
mViewportUnitsEnabled = false;
nsAutoPtr<css::Declaration> declaration(
ParseDeclarationBlock(parseFlags,
eCSSContext_Page));
mViewportUnitsEnabled = true;
if (!declaration) {
return false;
}
// Takes ownership of declaration.
nsRefPtr<nsCSSPageRule> rule = new nsCSSPageRule(declaration);
(*aAppendFunc)(rule, aData);
return true;
}
already_AddRefed<nsCSSKeyframeRule>
CSSParserImpl::ParseKeyframeRule()
{
InfallibleTArray<float> selectorList;
if (!ParseKeyframeSelectorList(selectorList)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEBadSelectorKeyframeRuleIgnored);
return nullptr;
}
// Ignore !important in keyframe rules
uint32_t parseFlags = eParseDeclaration_InBraces;
nsAutoPtr<css::Declaration> declaration(ParseDeclarationBlock(parseFlags));
if (!declaration) {
return nullptr;
}
// Takes ownership of declaration, and steals contents of selectorList.
nsRefPtr<nsCSSKeyframeRule> rule =
new nsCSSKeyframeRule(selectorList, declaration);
return rule.forget();
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseKeyframeSelectorList(InfallibleTArray<float>& aSelectorList)
{
for (;;) {
if (!GetToken(true)) {
// The first time through the loop, this means we got an empty
// list. Otherwise, it means we have a trailing comma.
return false;
}
float value;
switch (mToken.mType) {
case eCSSToken_Percentage:
value = mToken.mNumber;
break;
case eCSSToken_Ident:
if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("from")) {
value = 0.0f;
break;
}
if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("to")) {
value = 1.0f;
break;
}
// fall through
default:
UngetToken();
// The first time through the loop, this means we got an empty
// list. Otherwise, it means we have a trailing comma.
return false;
}
aSelectorList.AppendElement(value);
if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) {
return true;
}
}
}
// supports_rule
// : "@supports" supports_condition group_rule_body
// ;
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseSupportsRule(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aProcessData)
{
bool conditionMet = false;
nsString condition;
mScanner->StartRecording();
bool parsed = ParseSupportsCondition(conditionMet);
if (!parsed) {
mScanner->StopRecording();
return false;
}
if (!ExpectSymbol('{', true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PESupportsGroupRuleStart);
mScanner->StopRecording();
return false;
}
UngetToken();
mScanner->StopRecording(condition);
// Remove the "{" that would follow the condition.
if (condition.Length() != 0) {
condition.Truncate(condition.Length() - 1);
}
// Remove spaces from the start and end of the recorded supports condition.
condition.Trim(" ", true, true, false);
// Record whether we are in a failing @supports, so that property parse
// errors don't get reported.
nsAutoFailingSupportsRule failing(this, conditionMet);
nsRefPtr<css::GroupRule> rule = new CSSSupportsRule(conditionMet, condition);
return ParseGroupRule(rule, aAppendFunc, aProcessData);
}
// supports_condition
// : supports_condition_in_parens supports_condition_terms
// | supports_condition_negation
// ;
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseSupportsCondition(bool& aConditionMet)
{
if (!GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PESupportsConditionStartEOF2);
return false;
}
UngetToken();
mScanner->ClearSeenBadToken();
if (mToken.IsSymbol('(') ||
mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Function ||
mToken.mType == eCSSToken_URL ||
mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Bad_URL) {
return ParseSupportsConditionInParens(aConditionMet) &&
ParseSupportsConditionTerms(aConditionMet) &&
!mScanner->SeenBadToken();
}
if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Ident &&
mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("not")) {
return ParseSupportsConditionNegation(aConditionMet) &&
!mScanner->SeenBadToken();
}
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PESupportsConditionExpectedStart);
return false;
}
// supports_condition_negation
// : 'not' S+ supports_condition_in_parens
// ;
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseSupportsConditionNegation(bool& aConditionMet)
{
if (!GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PESupportsConditionNotEOF);
return false;
}
if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Ident ||
!mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("not")) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PESupportsConditionExpectedNot);
return false;
}
if (!RequireWhitespace()) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PESupportsWhitespaceRequired);
return false;
}
if (ParseSupportsConditionInParens(aConditionMet)) {
aConditionMet = !aConditionMet;
return true;
}
return false;
}
// supports_condition_in_parens
// : '(' S* supports_condition_in_parens_inside_parens ')' S*
// | general_enclosed
// ;
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseSupportsConditionInParens(bool& aConditionMet)
{
if (!GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PESupportsConditionInParensStartEOF);
return false;
}
if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_URL) {
aConditionMet = false;
return true;
}
if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Function ||
mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Bad_URL) {
if (!SkipUntil(')')) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PESupportsConditionInParensEOF);
return false;
}
aConditionMet = false;
return true;
}
if (!mToken.IsSymbol('(')) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PESupportsConditionExpectedOpenParenOrFunction);
UngetToken();
return false;
}
if (!ParseSupportsConditionInParensInsideParens(aConditionMet)) {
if (!SkipUntil(')')) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PESupportsConditionInParensEOF);
return false;
}
aConditionMet = false;
return true;
}
if (!(ExpectSymbol(')', true))) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PESupportsConditionExpectedCloseParen);
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
return true;
}
// supports_condition_in_parens_inside_parens
// : core_declaration
// | supports_condition_negation
// | supports_condition_in_parens supports_condition_terms
// ;
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseSupportsConditionInParensInsideParens(bool& aConditionMet)
{
if (!GetToken(true)) {
return false;
}
if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Ident) {
if (!mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("not")) {
nsAutoString propertyName = mToken.mIdent;
if (!ExpectSymbol(':', true)) {
return false;
}
if (ExpectSymbol(')', true)) {
UngetToken();
return false;
}
nsCSSProperty propID = nsCSSProps::LookupProperty(propertyName,
nsCSSProps::eEnabled);
if (propID == eCSSProperty_UNKNOWN) {
aConditionMet = false;
SkipUntil(')');
UngetToken();
} else {
aConditionMet = ParseProperty(propID) &&
ParsePriority() != ePriority_Error;
if (!aConditionMet) {
SkipUntil(')');
UngetToken();
}
mTempData.ClearProperty(propID);
mTempData.AssertInitialState();
}
return true;
}
UngetToken();
return ParseSupportsConditionNegation(aConditionMet);
}
UngetToken();
return ParseSupportsConditionInParens(aConditionMet) &&
ParseSupportsConditionTerms(aConditionMet);
}
// supports_condition_terms
// : S+ 'and' supports_condition_terms_after_operator('and')
// | S+ 'or' supports_condition_terms_after_operator('or')
// |
// ;
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseSupportsConditionTerms(bool& aConditionMet)
{
if (!RequireWhitespace() || !GetToken(false)) {
return true;
}
if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Ident) {
UngetToken();
return true;
}
if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("and")) {
return ParseSupportsConditionTermsAfterOperator(aConditionMet, eAnd);
}
if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("or")) {
return ParseSupportsConditionTermsAfterOperator(aConditionMet, eOr);
}
UngetToken();
return true;
}
// supports_condition_terms_after_operator(operator)
// : S+ supports_condition_in_parens ( <operator> supports_condition_in_parens )*
// ;
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseSupportsConditionTermsAfterOperator(
bool& aConditionMet,
CSSParserImpl::SupportsConditionTermOperator aOperator)
{
if (!RequireWhitespace()) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PESupportsWhitespaceRequired);
return false;
}
const char* token = aOperator == eAnd ? "and" : "or";
for (;;) {
bool termConditionMet = false;
if (!ParseSupportsConditionInParens(termConditionMet)) {
return false;
}
aConditionMet = aOperator == eAnd ? aConditionMet && termConditionMet :
aConditionMet || termConditionMet;
if (!GetToken(true)) {
return true;
}
if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Ident ||
!mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsASCII(token)) {
UngetToken();
return true;
}
}
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::SkipUntil(PRUnichar aStopSymbol)
{
nsCSSToken* tk = &mToken;
nsAutoTArray<PRUnichar, 16> stack;
stack.AppendElement(aStopSymbol);
for (;;) {
if (!GetToken(true)) {
return false;
}
if (eCSSToken_Symbol == tk->mType) {
PRUnichar symbol = tk->mSymbol;
uint32_t stackTopIndex = stack.Length() - 1;
if (symbol == stack.ElementAt(stackTopIndex)) {
stack.RemoveElementAt(stackTopIndex);
if (stackTopIndex == 0) {
return true;
}
// Just handle out-of-memory by parsing incorrectly. It's
// highly unlikely we're dealing with a legitimate style sheet
// anyway.
} else if ('{' == symbol) {
stack.AppendElement('}');
} else if ('[' == symbol) {
stack.AppendElement(']');
} else if ('(' == symbol) {
stack.AppendElement(')');
}
} else if (eCSSToken_Function == tk->mType ||
eCSSToken_Bad_URL == tk->mType) {
stack.AppendElement(')');
}
}
}
void
CSSParserImpl::SkipUntilOneOf(const PRUnichar* aStopSymbolChars)
{
nsCSSToken* tk = &mToken;
nsDependentString stopSymbolChars(aStopSymbolChars);
for (;;) {
if (!GetToken(true)) {
break;
}
if (eCSSToken_Symbol == tk->mType) {
PRUnichar symbol = tk->mSymbol;
if (stopSymbolChars.FindChar(symbol) != -1) {
break;
} else if ('{' == symbol) {
SkipUntil('}');
} else if ('[' == symbol) {
SkipUntil(']');
} else if ('(' == symbol) {
SkipUntil(')');
}
} else if (eCSSToken_Function == tk->mType ||
eCSSToken_Bad_URL == tk->mType) {
SkipUntil(')');
}
}
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::SkipDeclaration(bool aCheckForBraces)
{
nsCSSToken* tk = &mToken;
for (;;) {
if (!GetToken(true)) {
if (aCheckForBraces) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PESkipDeclBraceEOF);
}
return false;
}
if (eCSSToken_Symbol == tk->mType) {
PRUnichar symbol = tk->mSymbol;
if (';' == symbol) {
break;
}
if (aCheckForBraces) {
if ('}' == symbol) {
UngetToken();
break;
}
}
if ('{' == symbol) {
SkipUntil('}');
} else if ('(' == symbol) {
SkipUntil(')');
} else if ('[' == symbol) {
SkipUntil(']');
}
} else if (eCSSToken_Function == tk->mType ||
eCSSToken_Bad_URL == tk->mType) {
SkipUntil(')');
}
}
return true;
}
void
CSSParserImpl::SkipRuleSet(bool aInsideBraces)
{
nsCSSToken* tk = &mToken;
for (;;) {
if (!GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PESkipRSBraceEOF);
break;
}
if (eCSSToken_Symbol == tk->mType) {
PRUnichar symbol = tk->mSymbol;
if ('}' == symbol && aInsideBraces) {
// leave block closer for higher-level grammar to consume
UngetToken();
break;
} else if ('{' == symbol) {
SkipUntil('}');
break;
} else if ('(' == symbol) {
SkipUntil(')');
} else if ('[' == symbol) {
SkipUntil(']');
}
} else if (eCSSToken_Function == tk->mType ||
eCSSToken_Bad_URL == tk->mType) {
SkipUntil(')');
}
}
}
void
CSSParserImpl::PushGroup(css::GroupRule* aRule)
{
mGroupStack.AppendElement(aRule);
}
void
CSSParserImpl::PopGroup()
{
uint32_t count = mGroupStack.Length();
if (0 < count) {
mGroupStack.RemoveElementAt(count - 1);
}
}
void
CSSParserImpl::AppendRule(css::Rule* aRule)
{
uint32_t count = mGroupStack.Length();
if (0 < count) {
mGroupStack[count - 1]->AppendStyleRule(aRule);
}
else {
mSheet->AppendStyleRule(aRule);
}
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseRuleSet(RuleAppendFunc aAppendFunc, void* aData,
bool aInsideBraces)
{
// First get the list of selectors for the rule
nsCSSSelectorList* slist = nullptr;
uint32_t linenum, colnum;
if (!GetNextTokenLocation(true, &linenum, &colnum) ||
!ParseSelectorList(slist, PRUnichar('{'))) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEBadSelectorRSIgnored);
OUTPUT_ERROR();
SkipRuleSet(aInsideBraces);
return false;
}
NS_ASSERTION(nullptr != slist, "null selector list");
CLEAR_ERROR();
// Next parse the declaration block
uint32_t parseFlags = eParseDeclaration_InBraces |
eParseDeclaration_AllowImportant;
css::Declaration* declaration = ParseDeclarationBlock(parseFlags);
if (nullptr == declaration) {
delete slist;
return false;
}
#if 0
slist->Dump();
fputs("{\n", stdout);
declaration->List();
fputs("}\n", stdout);
#endif
// Translate the selector list and declaration block into style data
nsRefPtr<css::StyleRule> rule = new css::StyleRule(slist, declaration);
rule->SetLineNumberAndColumnNumber(linenum, colnum);
(*aAppendFunc)(rule, aData);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseSelectorList(nsCSSSelectorList*& aListHead,
PRUnichar aStopChar)
{
nsCSSSelectorList* list = nullptr;
if (! ParseSelectorGroup(list)) {
// must have at least one selector group
aListHead = nullptr;
return false;
}
NS_ASSERTION(nullptr != list, "no selector list");
aListHead = list;
// After that there must either be a "," or a "{" (the latter if
// StopChar is nonzero)
nsCSSToken* tk = &mToken;
for (;;) {
if (! GetToken(true)) {
if (aStopChar == PRUnichar(0)) {
return true;
}
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PESelectorListExtraEOF);
break;
}
if (eCSSToken_Symbol == tk->mType) {
if (',' == tk->mSymbol) {
nsCSSSelectorList* newList = nullptr;
// Another selector group must follow
if (! ParseSelectorGroup(newList)) {
break;
}
// add new list to the end of the selector list
list->mNext = newList;
list = newList;
continue;
} else if (aStopChar == tk->mSymbol && aStopChar != PRUnichar(0)) {
UngetToken();
return true;
}
}
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PESelectorListExtra);
UngetToken();
break;
}
delete aListHead;
aListHead = nullptr;
return false;
}
static bool IsUniversalSelector(const nsCSSSelector& aSelector)
{
return bool((aSelector.mNameSpace == kNameSpaceID_Unknown) &&
(aSelector.mLowercaseTag == nullptr) &&
(aSelector.mIDList == nullptr) &&
(aSelector.mClassList == nullptr) &&
(aSelector.mAttrList == nullptr) &&
(aSelector.mNegations == nullptr) &&
(aSelector.mPseudoClassList == nullptr));
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseSelectorGroup(nsCSSSelectorList*& aList)
{
PRUnichar combinator = 0;
nsAutoPtr<nsCSSSelectorList> list(new nsCSSSelectorList());
for (;;) {
if (!ParseSelector(list, combinator)) {
return false;
}
// Look for a combinator.
if (!GetToken(false)) {
break; // EOF ok here
}
combinator = PRUnichar(0);
if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Whitespace) {
if (!GetToken(true)) {
break; // EOF ok here
}
combinator = PRUnichar(' ');
}
if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Symbol) {
UngetToken(); // not a combinator
} else {
PRUnichar symbol = mToken.mSymbol;
if (symbol == '+' || symbol == '>' || symbol == '~') {
combinator = mToken.mSymbol;
} else {
UngetToken(); // not a combinator
if (symbol == ',' || symbol == '{' || symbol == ')') {
break; // end of selector group
}
}
}
if (!combinator) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PESelectorListExtra);
return false;
}
}
aList = list.forget();
return true;
}
#define SEL_MASK_NSPACE 0x01
#define SEL_MASK_ELEM 0x02
#define SEL_MASK_ID 0x04
#define SEL_MASK_CLASS 0x08
#define SEL_MASK_ATTRIB 0x10
#define SEL_MASK_PCLASS 0x20
#define SEL_MASK_PELEM 0x40
//
// Parses an ID selector #name
//
CSSParserImpl::nsSelectorParsingStatus
CSSParserImpl::ParseIDSelector(int32_t& aDataMask,
nsCSSSelector& aSelector)
{
NS_ASSERTION(!mToken.mIdent.IsEmpty(),
"Empty mIdent in eCSSToken_ID token?");
aDataMask |= SEL_MASK_ID;
aSelector.AddID(mToken.mIdent);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Continue;
}
//
// Parses a class selector .name
//
CSSParserImpl::nsSelectorParsingStatus
CSSParserImpl::ParseClassSelector(int32_t& aDataMask,
nsCSSSelector& aSelector)
{
if (! GetToken(false)) { // get ident
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEClassSelEOF);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
if (eCSSToken_Ident != mToken.mType) { // malformed selector
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEClassSelNotIdent);
UngetToken();
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
aDataMask |= SEL_MASK_CLASS;
aSelector.AddClass(mToken.mIdent);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Continue;
}
//
// Parse a type element selector or a universal selector
// namespace|type or namespace|* or *|* or *
//
CSSParserImpl::nsSelectorParsingStatus
CSSParserImpl::ParseTypeOrUniversalSelector(int32_t& aDataMask,
nsCSSSelector& aSelector,
bool aIsNegated)
{
nsAutoString buffer;
if (mToken.IsSymbol('*')) { // universal element selector, or universal namespace
if (ExpectSymbol('|', false)) { // was namespace
aDataMask |= SEL_MASK_NSPACE;
aSelector.SetNameSpace(kNameSpaceID_Unknown); // namespace wildcard
if (! GetToken(false)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PETypeSelEOF);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
if (eCSSToken_Ident == mToken.mType) { // element name
aDataMask |= SEL_MASK_ELEM;
aSelector.SetTag(mToken.mIdent);
}
else if (mToken.IsSymbol('*')) { // universal selector
aDataMask |= SEL_MASK_ELEM;
// don't set tag
}
else {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PETypeSelNotType);
UngetToken();
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
}
else { // was universal element selector
SetDefaultNamespaceOnSelector(aSelector);
aDataMask |= SEL_MASK_ELEM;
// don't set any tag in the selector
}
if (! GetToken(false)) { // premature eof is ok (here!)
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Done;
}
}
else if (eCSSToken_Ident == mToken.mType) { // element name or namespace name
buffer = mToken.mIdent; // hang on to ident
if (ExpectSymbol('|', false)) { // was namespace
aDataMask |= SEL_MASK_NSPACE;
int32_t nameSpaceID = GetNamespaceIdForPrefix(buffer);
if (nameSpaceID == kNameSpaceID_Unknown) {
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
aSelector.SetNameSpace(nameSpaceID);
if (! GetToken(false)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PETypeSelEOF);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
if (eCSSToken_Ident == mToken.mType) { // element name
aDataMask |= SEL_MASK_ELEM;
aSelector.SetTag(mToken.mIdent);
}
else if (mToken.IsSymbol('*')) { // universal selector
aDataMask |= SEL_MASK_ELEM;
// don't set tag
}
else {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PETypeSelNotType);
UngetToken();
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
}
else { // was element name
SetDefaultNamespaceOnSelector(aSelector);
aSelector.SetTag(buffer);
aDataMask |= SEL_MASK_ELEM;
}
if (! GetToken(false)) { // premature eof is ok (here!)
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Done;
}
}
else if (mToken.IsSymbol('|')) { // No namespace
aDataMask |= SEL_MASK_NSPACE;
aSelector.SetNameSpace(kNameSpaceID_None); // explicit NO namespace
// get mandatory tag
if (! GetToken(false)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PETypeSelEOF);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
if (eCSSToken_Ident == mToken.mType) { // element name
aDataMask |= SEL_MASK_ELEM;
aSelector.SetTag(mToken.mIdent);
}
else if (mToken.IsSymbol('*')) { // universal selector
aDataMask |= SEL_MASK_ELEM;
// don't set tag
}
else {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PETypeSelNotType);
UngetToken();
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
if (! GetToken(false)) { // premature eof is ok (here!)
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Done;
}
}
else {
SetDefaultNamespaceOnSelector(aSelector);
}
if (aIsNegated) {
// restore last token read in case of a negated type selector
UngetToken();
}
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Continue;
}
//
// Parse attribute selectors [attr], [attr=value], [attr|=value],
// [attr~=value], [attr^=value], [attr$=value] and [attr*=value]
//
CSSParserImpl::nsSelectorParsingStatus
CSSParserImpl::ParseAttributeSelector(int32_t& aDataMask,
nsCSSSelector& aSelector)
{
if (! GetToken(true)) { // premature EOF
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEAttributeNameEOF);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
int32_t nameSpaceID = kNameSpaceID_None;
nsAutoString attr;
if (mToken.IsSymbol('*')) { // wildcard namespace
nameSpaceID = kNameSpaceID_Unknown;
if (ExpectSymbol('|', false)) {
if (! GetToken(false)) { // premature EOF
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEAttributeNameEOF);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
if (eCSSToken_Ident == mToken.mType) { // attr name
attr = mToken.mIdent;
}
else {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEAttributeNameExpected);
UngetToken();
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
}
else {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEAttSelNoBar);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
}
else if (mToken.IsSymbol('|')) { // NO namespace
if (! GetToken(false)) { // premature EOF
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEAttributeNameEOF);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
if (eCSSToken_Ident == mToken.mType) { // attr name
attr = mToken.mIdent;
}
else {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEAttributeNameExpected);
UngetToken();
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
}
else if (eCSSToken_Ident == mToken.mType) { // attr name or namespace
attr = mToken.mIdent; // hang on to it
if (ExpectSymbol('|', false)) { // was a namespace
nameSpaceID = GetNamespaceIdForPrefix(attr);
if (nameSpaceID == kNameSpaceID_Unknown) {
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
if (! GetToken(false)) { // premature EOF
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEAttributeNameEOF);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
if (eCSSToken_Ident == mToken.mType) { // attr name
attr = mToken.mIdent;
}
else {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEAttributeNameExpected);
UngetToken();
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
}
}
else { // malformed
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEAttributeNameOrNamespaceExpected);
UngetToken();
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
if (! GetToken(true)) { // premature EOF
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEAttSelInnerEOF);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
if ((eCSSToken_Symbol == mToken.mType) ||
(eCSSToken_Includes == mToken.mType) ||
(eCSSToken_Dashmatch == mToken.mType) ||
(eCSSToken_Beginsmatch == mToken.mType) ||
(eCSSToken_Endsmatch == mToken.mType) ||
(eCSSToken_Containsmatch == mToken.mType)) {
uint8_t func;
if (eCSSToken_Includes == mToken.mType) {
func = NS_ATTR_FUNC_INCLUDES;
}
else if (eCSSToken_Dashmatch == mToken.mType) {
func = NS_ATTR_FUNC_DASHMATCH;
}
else if (eCSSToken_Beginsmatch == mToken.mType) {
func = NS_ATTR_FUNC_BEGINSMATCH;
}
else if (eCSSToken_Endsmatch == mToken.mType) {
func = NS_ATTR_FUNC_ENDSMATCH;
}
else if (eCSSToken_Containsmatch == mToken.mType) {
func = NS_ATTR_FUNC_CONTAINSMATCH;
}
else if (']' == mToken.mSymbol) {
aDataMask |= SEL_MASK_ATTRIB;
aSelector.AddAttribute(nameSpaceID, attr);
func = NS_ATTR_FUNC_SET;
}
else if ('=' == mToken.mSymbol) {
func = NS_ATTR_FUNC_EQUALS;
}
else {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEAttSelUnexpected);
UngetToken(); // bad function
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
if (NS_ATTR_FUNC_SET != func) { // get value
if (! GetToken(true)) { // premature EOF
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEAttSelValueEOF);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
if ((eCSSToken_Ident == mToken.mType) || (eCSSToken_String == mToken.mType)) {
nsAutoString value(mToken.mIdent);
if (! GetToken(true)) { // premature EOF
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEAttSelCloseEOF);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
if (mToken.IsSymbol(']')) {
bool isCaseSensitive = true;
// For cases when this style sheet is applied to an HTML
// element in an HTML document, and the attribute selector is
// for a non-namespaced attribute, then check to see if it's
// one of the known attributes whose VALUE is
// case-insensitive.
if (nameSpaceID == kNameSpaceID_None) {
static const char* caseInsensitiveHTMLAttribute[] = {
// list based on http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/
"lang",
"dir",
"http-equiv",
"text",
"link",
"vlink",
"alink",
"compact",
"align",
"frame",
"rules",
"valign",
"scope",
"axis",
"nowrap",
"hreflang",
"rel",
"rev",
"charset",
"codetype",
"declare",
"valuetype",
"shape",
"nohref",
"media",
"bgcolor",
"clear",
"color",
"face",
"noshade",
"noresize",
"scrolling",
"target",
"method",
"enctype",
"accept-charset",
"accept",
"checked",
"multiple",
"selected",
"disabled",
"readonly",
"language",
"defer",
"type",
// additional attributes not in HTML4
"direction", // marquee
nullptr
};
short i = 0;
const char* htmlAttr;
while ((htmlAttr = caseInsensitiveHTMLAttribute[i++])) {
if (attr.LowerCaseEqualsASCII(htmlAttr)) {
isCaseSensitive = false;
break;
}
}
}
aDataMask |= SEL_MASK_ATTRIB;
aSelector.AddAttribute(nameSpaceID, attr, func, value, isCaseSensitive);
}
else {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEAttSelNoClose);
UngetToken();
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
}
else {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEAttSelBadValue);
UngetToken();
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
}
}
else {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEAttSelUnexpected);
UngetToken(); // bad dog, no biscut!
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Continue;
}
//
// Parse pseudo-classes and pseudo-elements
//
CSSParserImpl::nsSelectorParsingStatus
CSSParserImpl::ParsePseudoSelector(int32_t& aDataMask,
nsCSSSelector& aSelector,
bool aIsNegated,
nsIAtom** aPseudoElement,
nsAtomList** aPseudoElementArgs,
nsCSSPseudoElements::Type* aPseudoElementType)
{
NS_ASSERTION(aIsNegated || (aPseudoElement && aPseudoElementArgs),
"expected location to store pseudo element");
NS_ASSERTION(!aIsNegated || (!aPseudoElement && !aPseudoElementArgs),
"negated selectors shouldn't have a place to store "
"pseudo elements");
if (! GetToken(false)) { // premature eof
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEPseudoSelEOF);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
// First, find out whether we are parsing a CSS3 pseudo-element
bool parsingPseudoElement = false;
if (mToken.IsSymbol(':')) {
parsingPseudoElement = true;
if (! GetToken(false)) { // premature eof
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEPseudoSelEOF);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
}
// Do some sanity-checking on the token
if (eCSSToken_Ident != mToken.mType && eCSSToken_Function != mToken.mType) {
// malformed selector
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoSelBadName);
UngetToken();
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
// OK, now we know we have an mIdent. Atomize it. All the atoms, for
// pseudo-classes as well as pseudo-elements, start with a single ':'.
nsAutoString buffer;
buffer.Append(PRUnichar(':'));
buffer.Append(mToken.mIdent);
nsContentUtils::ASCIIToLower(buffer);
nsCOMPtr<nsIAtom> pseudo = do_GetAtom(buffer);
if (!pseudo) {
NS_RUNTIMEABORT("do_GetAtom failed - out of memory?");
}
// stash away some info about this pseudo so we only have to get it once.
bool isTreePseudo = false;
nsCSSPseudoElements::Type pseudoElementType =
nsCSSPseudoElements::GetPseudoType(pseudo);
nsCSSPseudoClasses::Type pseudoClassType =
nsCSSPseudoClasses::GetPseudoType(pseudo);
// We currently allow :-moz-placeholder and ::-moz-placeholder. We have to
// be a bit stricter regarding the pseudo-element parsing rules.
if (pseudoElementType == nsCSSPseudoElements::ePseudo_mozPlaceholder &&
pseudoClassType == nsCSSPseudoClasses::ePseudoClass_mozPlaceholder) {
if (parsingPseudoElement) {
pseudoClassType = nsCSSPseudoClasses::ePseudoClass_NotPseudoClass;
} else {
pseudoElementType = nsCSSPseudoElements::ePseudo_NotPseudoElement;
}
}
#ifdef MOZ_XUL
isTreePseudo = (pseudoElementType == nsCSSPseudoElements::ePseudo_XULTree);
// If a tree pseudo-element is using the function syntax, it will
// get isTree set here and will pass the check below that only
// allows functions if they are in our list of things allowed to be
// functions. If it is _not_ using the function syntax, isTree will
// be false, and it will still pass that check. So the tree
// pseudo-elements are allowed to be either functions or not, as
// desired.
bool isTree = (eCSSToken_Function == mToken.mType) && isTreePseudo;
#endif
bool isPseudoElement =
(pseudoElementType < nsCSSPseudoElements::ePseudo_PseudoElementCount);
// anonymous boxes are only allowed if they're the tree boxes or we have
// enabled unsafe rules
bool isAnonBox = isTreePseudo ||
(pseudoElementType == nsCSSPseudoElements::ePseudo_AnonBox &&
mUnsafeRulesEnabled);
bool isPseudoClass =
(pseudoClassType != nsCSSPseudoClasses::ePseudoClass_NotPseudoClass);
NS_ASSERTION(!isPseudoClass ||
pseudoElementType == nsCSSPseudoElements::ePseudo_NotPseudoElement,
"Why is this atom both a pseudo-class and a pseudo-element?");
NS_ASSERTION(isPseudoClass + isPseudoElement + isAnonBox <= 1,
"Shouldn't be more than one of these");
if (!isPseudoClass && !isPseudoElement && !isAnonBox) {
// Not a pseudo-class, not a pseudo-element.... forget it
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoSelUnknown);
UngetToken();
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
// If it's a function token, it better be on our "ok" list, and if the name
// is that of a function pseudo it better be a function token
if ((eCSSToken_Function == mToken.mType) !=
(
#ifdef MOZ_XUL
isTree ||
#endif
nsCSSPseudoClasses::ePseudoClass_notPseudo == pseudoClassType ||
nsCSSPseudoClasses::HasStringArg(pseudoClassType) ||
nsCSSPseudoClasses::HasNthPairArg(pseudoClassType) ||
nsCSSPseudoClasses::HasSelectorListArg(pseudoClassType))) {
// There are no other function pseudos
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoSelNonFunc);
UngetToken();
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
// If it starts with "::", it better be a pseudo-element
if (parsingPseudoElement &&
!isPseudoElement &&
!isAnonBox) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoSelNotPE);
UngetToken();
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
if (!parsingPseudoElement &&
nsCSSPseudoClasses::ePseudoClass_notPseudo == pseudoClassType) {
if (aIsNegated) { // :not() can't be itself negated
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoSelDoubleNot);
UngetToken();
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
// CSS 3 Negation pseudo-class takes one simple selector as argument
nsSelectorParsingStatus parsingStatus =
ParseNegatedSimpleSelector(aDataMask, aSelector);
if (eSelectorParsingStatus_Continue != parsingStatus) {
return parsingStatus;
}
}
else if (!parsingPseudoElement && isPseudoClass) {
aDataMask |= SEL_MASK_PCLASS;
if (eCSSToken_Function == mToken.mType) {
nsSelectorParsingStatus parsingStatus;
if (nsCSSPseudoClasses::HasStringArg(pseudoClassType)) {
parsingStatus =
ParsePseudoClassWithIdentArg(aSelector, pseudoClassType);
}
else if (nsCSSPseudoClasses::HasNthPairArg(pseudoClassType)) {
parsingStatus =
ParsePseudoClassWithNthPairArg(aSelector, pseudoClassType);
}
else {
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(nsCSSPseudoClasses::HasSelectorListArg(pseudoClassType),
"unexpected pseudo with function token");
parsingStatus = ParsePseudoClassWithSelectorListArg(aSelector,
pseudoClassType);
}
if (eSelectorParsingStatus_Continue != parsingStatus) {
if (eSelectorParsingStatus_Error == parsingStatus) {
SkipUntil(')');
}
return parsingStatus;
}
}
else {
aSelector.AddPseudoClass(pseudoClassType);
}
}
else if (isPseudoElement || isAnonBox) {
// Pseudo-element. Make some more sanity checks.
if (aIsNegated) { // pseudo-elements can't be negated
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoSelPEInNot);
UngetToken();
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
// CSS2 pseudo-elements and -moz-tree-* pseudo-elements are allowed
// to have a single ':' on them. Others (CSS3+ pseudo-elements and
// various -moz-* pseudo-elements) must have |parsingPseudoElement|
// set.
if (!parsingPseudoElement &&
!nsCSSPseudoElements::IsCSS2PseudoElement(pseudo)
#ifdef MOZ_XUL
&& !isTreePseudo
#endif
) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoSelNewStyleOnly);
UngetToken();
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
if (0 == (aDataMask & SEL_MASK_PELEM)) {
aDataMask |= SEL_MASK_PELEM;
NS_ADDREF(*aPseudoElement = pseudo);
*aPseudoElementType = pseudoElementType;
#ifdef MOZ_XUL
if (isTree) {
// We have encountered a pseudoelement of the form
// -moz-tree-xxxx(a,b,c). We parse (a,b,c) and add each
// item in the list to the pseudoclass list. They will be pulled
// from the list later along with the pseudo-element.
if (!ParseTreePseudoElement(aPseudoElementArgs)) {
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
}
#endif
// the next *non*whitespace token must be '{' or ',' or EOF
if (!GetToken(true)) { // premature eof is ok (here!)
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Done;
}
if ((mToken.IsSymbol('{') || mToken.IsSymbol(','))) {
UngetToken();
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Done;
}
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoSelTrailing);
UngetToken();
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
else { // multiple pseudo elements, not legal
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoSelMultiplePE);
UngetToken();
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
}
#ifdef DEBUG
else {
// We should never end up here. Indeed, if we ended up here, we know (from
// the current if/else cascade) that !isPseudoElement and !isAnonBox. But
// then due to our earlier check we know that isPseudoClass. Since we
// didn't fall into the isPseudoClass case in this cascade, we must have
// parsingPseudoElement. But we've already checked the
// parsingPseudoElement && !isPseudoClass && !isAnonBox case and bailed if
// it's happened.
NS_NOTREACHED("How did this happen?");
}
#endif
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Continue;
}
//
// Parse the argument of a negation pseudo-class :not()
//
CSSParserImpl::nsSelectorParsingStatus
CSSParserImpl::ParseNegatedSimpleSelector(int32_t& aDataMask,
nsCSSSelector& aSelector)
{
if (! GetToken(true)) { // premature eof
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PENegationEOF);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
if (mToken.IsSymbol(')')) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PENegationBadArg);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
// Create a new nsCSSSelector and add it to the end of
// aSelector.mNegations.
// Given the current parsing rules, every selector in mNegations
// contains only one simple selector (css3 definition) within it.
// This could easily change in future versions of CSS, and the only
// thing we need to change to support that is this parsing code and the
// serialization code for nsCSSSelector.
nsCSSSelector *newSel = new nsCSSSelector();
nsCSSSelector* negations = &aSelector;
while (negations->mNegations) {
negations = negations->mNegations;
}
negations->mNegations = newSel;
nsSelectorParsingStatus parsingStatus;
if (eCSSToken_ID == mToken.mType) { // #id
parsingStatus = ParseIDSelector(aDataMask, *newSel);
}
else if (mToken.IsSymbol('.')) { // .class
parsingStatus = ParseClassSelector(aDataMask, *newSel);
}
else if (mToken.IsSymbol(':')) { // :pseudo
parsingStatus = ParsePseudoSelector(aDataMask, *newSel, true,
nullptr, nullptr, nullptr);
}
else if (mToken.IsSymbol('[')) { // [attribute
parsingStatus = ParseAttributeSelector(aDataMask, *newSel);
if (eSelectorParsingStatus_Error == parsingStatus) {
// Skip forward to the matching ']'
SkipUntil(']');
}
}
else {
// then it should be a type element or universal selector
parsingStatus = ParseTypeOrUniversalSelector(aDataMask, *newSel, true);
}
if (eSelectorParsingStatus_Error == parsingStatus) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PENegationBadInner);
SkipUntil(')');
return parsingStatus;
}
// close the parenthesis
if (!ExpectSymbol(')', true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PENegationNoClose);
SkipUntil(')');
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
NS_ASSERTION(newSel->mNameSpace == kNameSpaceID_Unknown ||
(!newSel->mIDList && !newSel->mClassList &&
!newSel->mPseudoClassList && !newSel->mAttrList),
"Need to fix the serialization code to deal with this");
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Continue;
}
//
// Parse the argument of a pseudo-class that has an ident arg
//
CSSParserImpl::nsSelectorParsingStatus
CSSParserImpl::ParsePseudoClassWithIdentArg(nsCSSSelector& aSelector,
nsCSSPseudoClasses::Type aType)
{
if (! GetToken(true)) { // premature eof
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEPseudoClassArgEOF);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
// We expect an identifier with a language abbreviation
if (eCSSToken_Ident != mToken.mType) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoClassArgNotIdent);
UngetToken();
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; // our caller calls SkipUntil(')')
}
// -moz-locale-dir and -moz-dir can only have values of 'ltr' or 'rtl'.
if (aType == nsCSSPseudoClasses::ePseudoClass_mozLocaleDir ||
aType == nsCSSPseudoClasses::ePseudoClass_dir) {
nsContentUtils::ASCIIToLower(mToken.mIdent); // case insensitive
if (!mToken.mIdent.EqualsLiteral("ltr") &&
!mToken.mIdent.EqualsLiteral("rtl")) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEBadDirValue);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; // our caller calls SkipUntil(')')
}
}
// Add the pseudo with the language parameter
aSelector.AddPseudoClass(aType, mToken.mIdent.get());
// close the parenthesis
if (!ExpectSymbol(')', true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoClassNoClose);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; // our caller calls SkipUntil(')')
}
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Continue;
}
CSSParserImpl::nsSelectorParsingStatus
CSSParserImpl::ParsePseudoClassWithNthPairArg(nsCSSSelector& aSelector,
nsCSSPseudoClasses::Type aType)
{
int32_t numbers[2] = { 0, 0 };
int32_t sign[2] = { 1, 1 };
bool hasSign[2] = { false, false };
bool lookForB = true;
// Follow the whitespace rules as proposed in
// http://lists.w3.org/Archives/Public/www-style/2008Mar/0121.html
if (! GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEPseudoClassArgEOF);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
if (mToken.IsSymbol('+') || mToken.IsSymbol('-')) {
hasSign[0] = true;
if (mToken.IsSymbol('-')) {
sign[0] = -1;
}
if (! GetToken(false)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEPseudoClassArgEOF);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
}
if (eCSSToken_Ident == mToken.mType || eCSSToken_Dimension == mToken.mType) {
// The CSS tokenization doesn't handle :nth-child() containing - well:
// 2n-1 is a dimension
// n-1 is an identifier
// The easiest way to deal with that is to push everything from the
// minus on back onto the scanner's pushback buffer.
uint32_t truncAt = 0;
if (StringBeginsWith(mToken.mIdent, NS_LITERAL_STRING("n-"))) {
truncAt = 1;
} else if (StringBeginsWith(mToken.mIdent, NS_LITERAL_STRING("-n-")) && !hasSign[0]) {
truncAt = 2;
}
if (truncAt != 0) {
mScanner->Backup(mToken.mIdent.Length() - truncAt);
mToken.mIdent.Truncate(truncAt);
}
}
if (eCSSToken_Ident == mToken.mType) {
if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("odd") && !hasSign[0]) {
numbers[0] = 2;
numbers[1] = 1;
lookForB = false;
}
else if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("even") && !hasSign[0]) {
numbers[0] = 2;
numbers[1] = 0;
lookForB = false;
}
else if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("n")) {
numbers[0] = sign[0];
}
else if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("-n") && !hasSign[0]) {
numbers[0] = -1;
}
else {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoClassArgNotNth);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; // our caller calls SkipUntil(')')
}
}
else if (eCSSToken_Number == mToken.mType) {
if (!mToken.mIntegerValid) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoClassArgNotNth);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; // our caller calls SkipUntil(')')
}
// for +-an case
if (mToken.mHasSign && hasSign[0]) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoClassArgNotNth);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; // our caller calls SkipUntil(')')
}
int32_t intValue = mToken.mInteger * sign[0];
// for -a/**/n case
if (! GetToken(false)) {
numbers[1] = intValue;
lookForB = false;
}
else {
if (eCSSToken_Ident == mToken.mType && mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("n")) {
numbers[0] = intValue;
}
else if (eCSSToken_Ident == mToken.mType && StringBeginsWith(mToken.mIdent, NS_LITERAL_STRING("n-"))) {
numbers[0] = intValue;
mScanner->Backup(mToken.mIdent.Length() - 1);
}
else {
UngetToken();
numbers[1] = intValue;
lookForB = false;
}
}
}
else if (eCSSToken_Dimension == mToken.mType) {
if (!mToken.mIntegerValid || !mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("n")) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoClassArgNotNth);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; // our caller calls SkipUntil(')')
}
// for +-an case
if ( mToken.mHasSign && hasSign[0] ) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoClassArgNotNth);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; // our caller calls SkipUntil(')')
}
numbers[0] = mToken.mInteger * sign[0];
}
// XXX If it's a ')', is that valid? (as 0n+0)
else {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoClassArgNotNth);
UngetToken();
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; // our caller calls SkipUntil(')')
}
if (! GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEPseudoClassArgEOF);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
if (lookForB && !mToken.IsSymbol(')')) {
// The '+' or '-' sign can optionally be separated by whitespace.
// If it is separated by whitespace from what follows it, it appears
// as a separate token rather than part of the number token.
if (mToken.IsSymbol('+') || mToken.IsSymbol('-')) {
hasSign[1] = true;
if (mToken.IsSymbol('-')) {
sign[1] = -1;
}
if (! GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEPseudoClassArgEOF);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
}
if (eCSSToken_Number != mToken.mType ||
!mToken.mIntegerValid || mToken.mHasSign == hasSign[1]) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoClassArgNotNth);
UngetToken();
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; // our caller calls SkipUntil(')')
}
numbers[1] = mToken.mInteger * sign[1];
if (! GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEPseudoClassArgEOF);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error;
}
}
if (!mToken.IsSymbol(')')) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoClassNoClose);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; // our caller calls SkipUntil(')')
}
aSelector.AddPseudoClass(aType, numbers);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Continue;
}
//
// Parse the argument of a pseudo-class that has a selector list argument.
// Such selector lists cannot contain combinators, but can contain
// anything that goes between a pair of combinators.
//
CSSParserImpl::nsSelectorParsingStatus
CSSParserImpl::ParsePseudoClassWithSelectorListArg(nsCSSSelector& aSelector,
nsCSSPseudoClasses::Type aType)
{
nsAutoPtr<nsCSSSelectorList> slist;
if (! ParseSelectorList(*getter_Transfers(slist), PRUnichar(')'))) {
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; // our caller calls SkipUntil(')')
}
// Check that none of the selectors in the list have combinators or
// pseudo-elements.
for (nsCSSSelectorList *l = slist; l; l = l->mNext) {
nsCSSSelector *s = l->mSelectors;
if (s->mNext || s->IsPseudoElement()) {
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; // our caller calls SkipUntil(')')
}
}
// Add the pseudo with the selector list parameter
aSelector.AddPseudoClass(aType, slist.forget());
// close the parenthesis
if (!ExpectSymbol(')', true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEPseudoClassNoClose);
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Error; // our caller calls SkipUntil(')')
}
return eSelectorParsingStatus_Continue;
}
/**
* This is the format for selectors:
* operator? [[namespace |]? element_name]? [ ID | class | attrib | pseudo ]*
*/
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseSelector(nsCSSSelectorList* aList,
PRUnichar aPrevCombinator)
{
if (! GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PESelectorEOF);
return false;
}
nsCSSSelector* selector = aList->AddSelector(aPrevCombinator);
nsCOMPtr<nsIAtom> pseudoElement;
nsAutoPtr<nsAtomList> pseudoElementArgs;
nsCSSPseudoElements::Type pseudoElementType =
nsCSSPseudoElements::ePseudo_NotPseudoElement;
int32_t dataMask = 0;
nsSelectorParsingStatus parsingStatus =
ParseTypeOrUniversalSelector(dataMask, *selector, false);
while (parsingStatus == eSelectorParsingStatus_Continue) {
if (eCSSToken_ID == mToken.mType) { // #id
parsingStatus = ParseIDSelector(dataMask, *selector);
}
else if (mToken.IsSymbol('.')) { // .class
parsingStatus = ParseClassSelector(dataMask, *selector);
}
else if (mToken.IsSymbol(':')) { // :pseudo
parsingStatus = ParsePseudoSelector(dataMask, *selector, false,
getter_AddRefs(pseudoElement),
getter_Transfers(pseudoElementArgs),
&pseudoElementType);
}
else if (mToken.IsSymbol('[')) { // [attribute
parsingStatus = ParseAttributeSelector(dataMask, *selector);
if (eSelectorParsingStatus_Error == parsingStatus) {
SkipUntil(']');
}
}
else { // not a selector token, we're done
parsingStatus = eSelectorParsingStatus_Done;
UngetToken();
break;
}
if (parsingStatus != eSelectorParsingStatus_Continue) {
break;
}
if (! GetToken(false)) { // premature eof is ok (here!)
parsingStatus = eSelectorParsingStatus_Done;
break;
}
}
if (parsingStatus == eSelectorParsingStatus_Error) {
return false;
}
if (!dataMask) {
if (selector->mNext) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PESelectorGroupExtraCombinator);
} else {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PESelectorGroupNoSelector);
}
return false;
}
if (pseudoElementType == nsCSSPseudoElements::ePseudo_AnonBox) {
// We got an anonymous box pseudo-element; it must be the only
// thing in this selector group.
if (selector->mNext || !IsUniversalSelector(*selector)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEAnonBoxNotAlone);
return false;
}
// Rewrite the current selector as this pseudo-element.
// It does not contribute to selector weight.
selector->mLowercaseTag.swap(pseudoElement);
selector->mClassList = pseudoElementArgs.forget();
selector->SetPseudoType(pseudoElementType);
return true;
}
aList->mWeight += selector->CalcWeight();
// Pseudo-elements other than anonymous boxes are represented as
// direct children ('>' combinator) of the rest of the selector.
if (pseudoElement) {
selector = aList->AddSelector('>');
selector->mLowercaseTag.swap(pseudoElement);
selector->mClassList = pseudoElementArgs.forget();
selector->SetPseudoType(pseudoElementType);
}
return true;
}
css::Declaration*
CSSParserImpl::ParseDeclarationBlock(uint32_t aFlags, nsCSSContextType aContext)
{
bool checkForBraces = (aFlags & eParseDeclaration_InBraces) != 0;
if (checkForBraces) {
if (!ExpectSymbol('{', true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEBadDeclBlockStart);
OUTPUT_ERROR();
return nullptr;
}
}
css::Declaration* declaration = new css::Declaration();
mData.AssertInitialState();
if (declaration) {
for (;;) {
bool changed;
if (!ParseDeclaration(declaration, aFlags, true, &changed, aContext)) {
if (!SkipDeclaration(checkForBraces)) {
break;
}
if (checkForBraces) {
if (ExpectSymbol('}', true)) {
break;
}
}
// Since the skipped declaration didn't end the block we parse
// the next declaration.
}
}
declaration->CompressFrom(&mData);
}
return declaration;
}
// The types to pass to ParseColorComponent. These correspond to the
// various datatypes that can go within rgb().
#define COLOR_TYPE_UNKNOWN 0
#define COLOR_TYPE_INTEGERS 1
#define COLOR_TYPE_PERCENTAGES 2
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseColor(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
if (!GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEColorEOF);
return false;
}
nsCSSToken* tk = &mToken;
nscolor rgba;
switch (tk->mType) {
case eCSSToken_ID:
case eCSSToken_Hash:
// #xxyyzz
if (NS_HexToRGB(tk->mIdent, &rgba)) {
aValue.SetColorValue(rgba);
return true;
}
break;
case eCSSToken_Ident:
if (NS_ColorNameToRGB(tk->mIdent, &rgba)) {
aValue.SetStringValue(tk->mIdent, eCSSUnit_Ident);
return true;
}
else {
nsCSSKeyword keyword = nsCSSKeywords::LookupKeyword(tk->mIdent);
if (eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN < keyword) { // known keyword
int32_t value;
if (nsCSSProps::FindKeyword(keyword, nsCSSProps::kColorKTable, value)) {
aValue.SetIntValue(value, eCSSUnit_EnumColor);
return true;
}
}
}
break;
case eCSSToken_Function:
if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("rgb")) {
// rgb ( component , component , component )
uint8_t r, g, b;
int32_t type = COLOR_TYPE_UNKNOWN;
if (ParseColorComponent(r, type, ',') &&
ParseColorComponent(g, type, ',') &&
ParseColorComponent(b, type, ')')) {
aValue.SetColorValue(NS_RGB(r,g,b));
return true;
}
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
else if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("-moz-rgba") ||
mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("rgba")) {
// rgba ( component , component , component , opacity )
uint8_t r, g, b, a;
int32_t type = COLOR_TYPE_UNKNOWN;
if (ParseColorComponent(r, type, ',') &&
ParseColorComponent(g, type, ',') &&
ParseColorComponent(b, type, ',') &&
ParseColorOpacity(a)) {
aValue.SetColorValue(NS_RGBA(r, g, b, a));
return true;
}
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
else if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("hsl")) {
// hsl ( hue , saturation , lightness )
// "hue" is a number, "saturation" and "lightness" are percentages.
if (ParseHSLColor(rgba, ')')) {
aValue.SetColorValue(rgba);
return true;
}
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
else if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("-moz-hsla") ||
mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("hsla")) {
// hsla ( hue , saturation , lightness , opacity )
// "hue" is a number, "saturation" and "lightness" are percentages,
// "opacity" is a number.
uint8_t a;
if (ParseHSLColor(rgba, ',') &&
ParseColorOpacity(a)) {
aValue.SetColorValue(NS_RGBA(NS_GET_R(rgba), NS_GET_G(rgba),
NS_GET_B(rgba), a));
return true;
}
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
break;
default:
break;
}
// try 'xxyyzz' without '#' prefix for compatibility with IE and Nav4x (bug 23236 and 45804)
if (mHashlessColorQuirk) {
// - If the string starts with 'a-f', the nsCSSScanner builds the
// token as a eCSSToken_Ident and we can parse the string as a
// 'xxyyzz' RGB color.
// - If it only contains '0-9' digits, the token is a
// eCSSToken_Number and it must be converted back to a 6
// characters string to be parsed as a RGB color.
// - If it starts with '0-9' and contains any 'a-f', the token is a
// eCSSToken_Dimension, the mNumber part must be converted back to
// a string and the mIdent part must be appended to that string so
// that the resulting string has 6 characters.
// Note: This is a hack for Nav compatibility. Do not attempt to
// simplify it by hacking into the ncCSSScanner. This would be very
// bad.
nsAutoString str;
char buffer[20];
switch (tk->mType) {
case eCSSToken_Ident:
str.Assign(tk->mIdent);
break;
case eCSSToken_Number:
if (tk->mIntegerValid) {
PR_snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%06d", tk->mInteger);
str.AssignWithConversion(buffer);
}
break;
case eCSSToken_Dimension:
if (tk->mIdent.Length() <= 6) {
PR_snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%06.0f", tk->mNumber);
nsAutoString temp;
temp.AssignWithConversion(buffer);
temp.Right(str, 6 - tk->mIdent.Length());
str.Append(tk->mIdent);
}
break;
default:
// There is a whole bunch of cases that are
// not handled by this switch. Ignore them.
break;
}
if (NS_HexToRGB(str, &rgba)) {
aValue.SetColorValue(rgba);
return true;
}
}
// It's not a color
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEColorNotColor);
UngetToken();
return false;
}
// aType will be set if we have already parsed other color components
// in this color spec
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseColorComponent(uint8_t& aComponent,
int32_t& aType,
char aStop)
{
if (!GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEColorComponentEOF);
return false;
}
float value;
nsCSSToken* tk = &mToken;
switch (tk->mType) {
case eCSSToken_Number:
switch (aType) {
case COLOR_TYPE_UNKNOWN:
aType = COLOR_TYPE_INTEGERS;
break;
case COLOR_TYPE_INTEGERS:
break;
case COLOR_TYPE_PERCENTAGES:
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectedPercent);
UngetToken();
return false;
default:
NS_NOTREACHED("Someone forgot to add the new color component type in here");
}
if (!mToken.mIntegerValid) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectedInt);
UngetToken();
return false;
}
value = tk->mNumber;
break;
case eCSSToken_Percentage:
switch (aType) {
case COLOR_TYPE_UNKNOWN:
aType = COLOR_TYPE_PERCENTAGES;
break;
case COLOR_TYPE_INTEGERS:
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectedInt);
UngetToken();
return false;
case COLOR_TYPE_PERCENTAGES:
break;
default:
NS_NOTREACHED("Someone forgot to add the new color component type in here");
}
value = tk->mNumber * 255.0f;
break;
default:
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEColorBadRGBContents);
UngetToken();
return false;
}
if (ExpectSymbol(aStop, true)) {
if (value < 0.0f) value = 0.0f;
if (value > 255.0f) value = 255.0f;
aComponent = NSToIntRound(value);
return true;
}
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN_CHAR(PEColorComponentBadTerm, aStop);
return false;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseHSLColor(nscolor& aColor,
char aStop)
{
float h, s, l;
// Get the hue
if (!GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEColorHueEOF);
return false;
}
if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Number) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectedNumber);
UngetToken();
return false;
}
h = mToken.mNumber;
h /= 360.0f;
// hue values are wraparound
h = h - floor(h);
if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectedComma);
return false;
}
// Get the saturation
if (!GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEColorSaturationEOF);
return false;
}
if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Percentage) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectedPercent);
UngetToken();
return false;
}
s = mToken.mNumber;
if (s < 0.0f) s = 0.0f;
if (s > 1.0f) s = 1.0f;
if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectedComma);
return false;
}
// Get the lightness
if (!GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEColorLightnessEOF);
return false;
}
if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Percentage) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectedPercent);
UngetToken();
return false;
}
l = mToken.mNumber;
if (l < 0.0f) l = 0.0f;
if (l > 1.0f) l = 1.0f;
if (ExpectSymbol(aStop, true)) {
aColor = NS_HSL2RGB(h, s, l);
return true;
}
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN_CHAR(PEColorComponentBadTerm, aStop);
return false;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseColorOpacity(uint8_t& aOpacity)
{
if (!GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEColorOpacityEOF);
return false;
}
if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Number) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectedNumber);
UngetToken();
return false;
}
if (mToken.mNumber < 0.0f) {
mToken.mNumber = 0.0f;
} else if (mToken.mNumber > 1.0f) {
mToken.mNumber = 1.0f;
}
uint8_t value = nsStyleUtil::FloatToColorComponent(mToken.mNumber);
// Need to compare to something slightly larger
// than 0.5 due to floating point inaccuracies.
NS_ASSERTION(fabs(255.0f*mToken.mNumber - value) <= 0.51f,
"FloatToColorComponent did something weird");
if (!ExpectSymbol(')', true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectedCloseParen);
return false;
}
aOpacity = value;
return true;
}
#ifdef MOZ_XUL
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseTreePseudoElement(nsAtomList **aPseudoElementArgs)
{
// The argument to a tree pseudo-element is a sequence of identifiers
// that are either space- or comma-separated. (Was the intent to
// allow only comma-separated? That's not what was done.)
nsCSSSelector fakeSelector; // so we can reuse AddPseudoClass
while (!ExpectSymbol(')', true)) {
if (!GetToken(true)) {
return false;
}
if (eCSSToken_Ident == mToken.mType) {
fakeSelector.AddClass(mToken.mIdent);
}
else if (!mToken.IsSymbol(',')) {
UngetToken();
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
}
*aPseudoElementArgs = fakeSelector.mClassList;
fakeSelector.mClassList = nullptr;
return true;
}
#endif
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseDeclaration(css::Declaration* aDeclaration,
uint32_t aFlags,
bool aMustCallValueAppended,
bool* aChanged,
nsCSSContextType aContext)
{
NS_PRECONDITION(aContext == eCSSContext_General ||
aContext == eCSSContext_Page,
"Must be page or general context");
bool checkForBraces = (aFlags & eParseDeclaration_InBraces) != 0;
mTempData.AssertInitialState();
// Get property name
nsCSSToken* tk = &mToken;
nsAutoString propertyName;
for (;;) {
if (!GetToken(true)) {
if (checkForBraces) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEDeclEndEOF);
}
return false;
}
if (eCSSToken_Ident == tk->mType) {
propertyName = tk->mIdent;
// grab the ident before the ExpectSymbol trashes the token
if (!ExpectSymbol(':', true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEParseDeclarationNoColon);
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEDeclDropped);
OUTPUT_ERROR();
return false;
}
break;
}
if (tk->IsSymbol(';')) {
// dangling semicolons are skipped
continue;
}
if (!tk->IsSymbol('}')) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEParseDeclarationDeclExpected);
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEDeclSkipped);
OUTPUT_ERROR();
if (eCSSToken_AtKeyword == tk->mType) {
SkipAtRule(checkForBraces);
return true; // Not a declaration, but don’t skip until ';'
}
}
// Not a declaration...
UngetToken();
return false;
}
// Don't report property parse errors if we're inside a failing @supports
// rule.
nsAutoSuppressErrors suppressErrors(this, mInFailingSupportsRule);
// Map property name to its ID and then parse the property
nsCSSProperty propID = nsCSSProps::LookupProperty(propertyName,
nsCSSProps::eEnabled);
if (eCSSProperty_UNKNOWN == propID ||
(aContext == eCSSContext_Page &&
!nsCSSProps::PropHasFlags(propID, CSS_PROPERTY_APPLIES_TO_PAGE_RULE))) { // unknown property
if (!NonMozillaVendorIdentifier(propertyName)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_P(PEUnknownProperty, propertyName);
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEDeclDropped);
OUTPUT_ERROR();
}
return false;
}
if (! ParseProperty(propID)) {
// XXX Much better to put stuff in the value parsers instead...
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_P(PEValueParsingError, propertyName);
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEDeclDropped);
OUTPUT_ERROR();
mTempData.ClearProperty(propID);
mTempData.AssertInitialState();
return false;
}
CLEAR_ERROR();
// Look for "!important".
PriorityParsingStatus status;
if ((aFlags & eParseDeclaration_AllowImportant) != 0) {
status = ParsePriority();
}
else {
status = ePriority_None;
}
// Look for a semicolon or close brace.
if (status != ePriority_Error) {
if (!GetToken(true)) {
// EOF is always ok
} else if (mToken.IsSymbol(';')) {
// semicolon is always ok
} else if (mToken.IsSymbol('}')) {
// brace is ok if checkForBraces, but don't eat it
UngetToken();
if (!checkForBraces) {
status = ePriority_Error;
}
} else {
UngetToken();
status = ePriority_Error;
}
}
if (status == ePriority_Error) {
if (checkForBraces) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEBadDeclOrRuleEnd2);
} else {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEBadDeclEnd);
}
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEDeclDropped);
OUTPUT_ERROR();
mTempData.ClearProperty(propID);
mTempData.AssertInitialState();
return false;
}
*aChanged |= mData.TransferFromBlock(mTempData, propID,
status == ePriority_Important,
false, aMustCallValueAppended,
aDeclaration);
return true;
}
static const nsCSSProperty kBorderTopIDs[] = {
eCSSProperty_border_top_width,
eCSSProperty_border_top_style,
eCSSProperty_border_top_color
};
static const nsCSSProperty kBorderRightIDs[] = {
eCSSProperty_border_right_width_value,
eCSSProperty_border_right_style_value,
eCSSProperty_border_right_color_value,
eCSSProperty_border_right_width,
eCSSProperty_border_right_style,
eCSSProperty_border_right_color
};
static const nsCSSProperty kBorderBottomIDs[] = {
eCSSProperty_border_bottom_width,
eCSSProperty_border_bottom_style,
eCSSProperty_border_bottom_color
};
static const nsCSSProperty kBorderLeftIDs[] = {
eCSSProperty_border_left_width_value,
eCSSProperty_border_left_style_value,
eCSSProperty_border_left_color_value,
eCSSProperty_border_left_width,
eCSSProperty_border_left_style,
eCSSProperty_border_left_color
};
static const nsCSSProperty kBorderStartIDs[] = {
eCSSProperty_border_start_width_value,
eCSSProperty_border_start_style_value,
eCSSProperty_border_start_color_value,
eCSSProperty_border_start_width,
eCSSProperty_border_start_style,
eCSSProperty_border_start_color
};
static const nsCSSProperty kBorderEndIDs[] = {
eCSSProperty_border_end_width_value,
eCSSProperty_border_end_style_value,
eCSSProperty_border_end_color_value,
eCSSProperty_border_end_width,
eCSSProperty_border_end_style,
eCSSProperty_border_end_color
};
static const nsCSSProperty kColumnRuleIDs[] = {
eCSSProperty__moz_column_rule_width,
eCSSProperty__moz_column_rule_style,
eCSSProperty__moz_column_rule_color
};
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseEnum(nsCSSValue& aValue,
const int32_t aKeywordTable[])
{
nsSubstring* ident = NextIdent();
if (nullptr == ident) {
return false;
}
nsCSSKeyword keyword = nsCSSKeywords::LookupKeyword(*ident);
if (eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN < keyword) {
int32_t value;
if (nsCSSProps::FindKeyword(keyword, aKeywordTable, value)) {
aValue.SetIntValue(value, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
return true;
}
}
// Put the unknown identifier back and return
UngetToken();
return false;
}
struct UnitInfo {
char name[6]; // needs to be long enough for the longest unit, with
// terminating null.
uint32_t length;
nsCSSUnit unit;
int32_t type;
};
#define STR_WITH_LEN(_str) \
_str, sizeof(_str) - 1
const UnitInfo UnitData[] = {
{ STR_WITH_LEN("px"), eCSSUnit_Pixel, VARIANT_LENGTH },
{ STR_WITH_LEN("em"), eCSSUnit_EM, VARIANT_LENGTH },
{ STR_WITH_LEN("ex"), eCSSUnit_XHeight, VARIANT_LENGTH },
{ STR_WITH_LEN("pt"), eCSSUnit_Point, VARIANT_LENGTH },
{ STR_WITH_LEN("in"), eCSSUnit_Inch, VARIANT_LENGTH },
{ STR_WITH_LEN("cm"), eCSSUnit_Centimeter, VARIANT_LENGTH },
{ STR_WITH_LEN("ch"), eCSSUnit_Char, VARIANT_LENGTH },
{ STR_WITH_LEN("rem"), eCSSUnit_RootEM, VARIANT_LENGTH },
{ STR_WITH_LEN("mm"), eCSSUnit_Millimeter, VARIANT_LENGTH },
{ STR_WITH_LEN("mozmm"), eCSSUnit_PhysicalMillimeter, VARIANT_LENGTH },
{ STR_WITH_LEN("vw"), eCSSUnit_ViewportWidth, VARIANT_LENGTH },
{ STR_WITH_LEN("vh"), eCSSUnit_ViewportHeight, VARIANT_LENGTH },
{ STR_WITH_LEN("vmin"), eCSSUnit_ViewportMin, VARIANT_LENGTH },
{ STR_WITH_LEN("vmax"), eCSSUnit_ViewportMax, VARIANT_LENGTH },
{ STR_WITH_LEN("pc"), eCSSUnit_Pica, VARIANT_LENGTH },
{ STR_WITH_LEN("deg"), eCSSUnit_Degree, VARIANT_ANGLE },
{ STR_WITH_LEN("grad"), eCSSUnit_Grad, VARIANT_ANGLE },
{ STR_WITH_LEN("rad"), eCSSUnit_Radian, VARIANT_ANGLE },
{ STR_WITH_LEN("turn"), eCSSUnit_Turn, VARIANT_ANGLE },
{ STR_WITH_LEN("hz"), eCSSUnit_Hertz, VARIANT_FREQUENCY },
{ STR_WITH_LEN("khz"), eCSSUnit_Kilohertz, VARIANT_FREQUENCY },
{ STR_WITH_LEN("s"), eCSSUnit_Seconds, VARIANT_TIME },
{ STR_WITH_LEN("ms"), eCSSUnit_Milliseconds, VARIANT_TIME }
};
#undef STR_WITH_LEN
bool
CSSParserImpl::TranslateDimension(nsCSSValue& aValue,
int32_t aVariantMask,
float aNumber,
const nsString& aUnit)
{
nsCSSUnit units;
int32_t type = 0;
if (!aUnit.IsEmpty()) {
uint32_t i;
for (i = 0; i < ArrayLength(UnitData); ++i) {
if (aUnit.LowerCaseEqualsASCII(UnitData[i].name,
UnitData[i].length)) {
units = UnitData[i].unit;
type = UnitData[i].type;
break;
}
}
if (!mViewportUnitsEnabled &&
(eCSSUnit_ViewportWidth == units ||
eCSSUnit_ViewportHeight == units ||
eCSSUnit_ViewportMin == units ||
eCSSUnit_ViewportMax == units)) {
// Viewport units aren't allowed right now, probably because we're
// inside an @page declaration. Fail.
return false;
}
if (i == ArrayLength(UnitData)) {
// Unknown unit
return false;
}
} else {
// Must be a zero number...
NS_ASSERTION(0 == aNumber, "numbers without units must be 0");
if ((VARIANT_LENGTH & aVariantMask) != 0) {
units = eCSSUnit_Pixel;
type = VARIANT_LENGTH;
}
else if ((VARIANT_ANGLE & aVariantMask) != 0) {
NS_ASSERTION(aVariantMask & VARIANT_ZERO_ANGLE,
"must have allowed zero angle");
units = eCSSUnit_Degree;
type = VARIANT_ANGLE;
}
else {
NS_ERROR("Variant mask does not include dimension; why were we called?");
return false;
}
}
if ((type & aVariantMask) != 0) {
aValue.SetFloatValue(aNumber, units);
return true;
}
return false;
}
// Note that this does include VARIANT_CALC, which is numeric. This is
// because calc() parsing, as proposed, drops range restrictions inside
// the calc() expression and clamps the result of the calculation to the
// range.
#define VARIANT_ALL_NONNUMERIC \
VARIANT_KEYWORD | \
VARIANT_COLOR | \
VARIANT_URL | \
VARIANT_STRING | \
VARIANT_COUNTER | \
VARIANT_ATTR | \
VARIANT_IDENTIFIER | \
VARIANT_IDENTIFIER_NO_INHERIT | \
VARIANT_AUTO | \
VARIANT_INHERIT | \
VARIANT_NONE | \
VARIANT_NORMAL | \
VARIANT_SYSFONT | \
VARIANT_GRADIENT | \
VARIANT_TIMING_FUNCTION | \
VARIANT_ALL | \
VARIANT_CALC
// Note that callers passing VARIANT_CALC in aVariantMask will get
// full-range parsing inside the calc() expression, and the code that
// computes the calc will be required to clamp the resulting value to an
// appropriate range.
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseNonNegativeVariant(nsCSSValue& aValue,
int32_t aVariantMask,
const int32_t aKeywordTable[])
{
// The variant mask must only contain non-numeric variants or the ones
// that we specifically handle.
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE((aVariantMask & ~(VARIANT_ALL_NONNUMERIC |
VARIANT_NUMBER |
VARIANT_LENGTH |
VARIANT_PERCENT |
VARIANT_INTEGER)) == 0,
"need to update code below to handle additional variants");
if (ParseVariant(aValue, aVariantMask, aKeywordTable)) {
if (eCSSUnit_Number == aValue.GetUnit() ||
aValue.IsLengthUnit()){
if (aValue.GetFloatValue() < 0) {
UngetToken();
return false;
}
}
else if (aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Percent) {
if (aValue.GetPercentValue() < 0) {
UngetToken();
return false;
}
} else if (aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Integer) {
if (aValue.GetIntValue() < 0) {
UngetToken();
return false;
}
}
return true;
}
return false;
}
// Note that callers passing VARIANT_CALC in aVariantMask will get
// full-range parsing inside the calc() expression, and the code that
// computes the calc will be required to clamp the resulting value to an
// appropriate range.
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseOneOrLargerVariant(nsCSSValue& aValue,
int32_t aVariantMask,
const int32_t aKeywordTable[])
{
// The variant mask must only contain non-numeric variants or the ones
// that we specifically handle.
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE((aVariantMask & ~(VARIANT_ALL_NONNUMERIC |
VARIANT_NUMBER |
VARIANT_INTEGER)) == 0,
"need to update code below to handle additional variants");
if (ParseVariant(aValue, aVariantMask, aKeywordTable)) {
if (aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Integer) {
if (aValue.GetIntValue() < 1) {
UngetToken();
return false;
}
} else if (eCSSUnit_Number == aValue.GetUnit()) {
if (aValue.GetFloatValue() < 1.0f) {
UngetToken();
return false;
}
}
return true;
}
return false;
}
// Assigns to aValue iff it returns true.
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseVariant(nsCSSValue& aValue,
int32_t aVariantMask,
const int32_t aKeywordTable[])
{
NS_ASSERTION(!(mHashlessColorQuirk && (aVariantMask & VARIANT_COLOR)) ||
!(aVariantMask & VARIANT_NUMBER),
"can't distinguish colors from numbers");
NS_ASSERTION(!(mHashlessColorQuirk && (aVariantMask & VARIANT_COLOR)) ||
!(mUnitlessLengthQuirk && (aVariantMask & VARIANT_LENGTH)),
"can't distinguish colors from lengths");
NS_ASSERTION(!(mUnitlessLengthQuirk && (aVariantMask & VARIANT_LENGTH)) ||
!(aVariantMask & VARIANT_NUMBER),
"can't distinguish lengths from numbers");
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(!(aVariantMask & VARIANT_IDENTIFIER) ||
!(aVariantMask & VARIANT_IDENTIFIER_NO_INHERIT),
"must not set both VARIANT_IDENTIFIER and "
"VARIANT_IDENTIFIER_NO_INHERIT");
if (!GetToken(true)) {
return false;
}
nsCSSToken* tk = &mToken;
if (((aVariantMask & (VARIANT_AHK | VARIANT_NORMAL | VARIANT_NONE | VARIANT_ALL)) != 0) &&
(eCSSToken_Ident == tk->mType)) {
nsCSSKeyword keyword = nsCSSKeywords::LookupKeyword(tk->mIdent);
if (eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN < keyword) { // known keyword
if ((aVariantMask & VARIANT_AUTO) != 0) {
if (eCSSKeyword_auto == keyword) {
aValue.SetAutoValue();
return true;
}
}
if ((aVariantMask & VARIANT_INHERIT) != 0) {
// XXX Should we check IsParsingCompoundProperty, or do all
// callers handle it? (Not all callers set it, though, since
// they want the quirks that are disabled by setting it.)
if (eCSSKeyword_inherit == keyword) {
aValue.SetInheritValue();
return true;
}
else if (eCSSKeyword_initial == keyword) { // anything that can inherit can also take an initial val.
aValue.SetInitialValue();
return true;
}
}
if ((aVariantMask & VARIANT_NONE) != 0) {
if (eCSSKeyword_none == keyword) {
aValue.SetNoneValue();
return true;
}
}
if ((aVariantMask & VARIANT_ALL) != 0) {
if (eCSSKeyword_all == keyword) {
aValue.SetAllValue();
return true;
}
}
if ((aVariantMask & VARIANT_NORMAL) != 0) {
if (eCSSKeyword_normal == keyword) {
aValue.SetNormalValue();
return true;
}
}
if ((aVariantMask & VARIANT_SYSFONT) != 0) {
if (eCSSKeyword__moz_use_system_font == keyword &&
!IsParsingCompoundProperty()) {
aValue.SetSystemFontValue();
return true;
}
}
if ((aVariantMask & VARIANT_KEYWORD) != 0) {
int32_t value;
if (nsCSSProps::FindKeyword(keyword, aKeywordTable, value)) {
aValue.SetIntValue(value, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
return true;
}
}
}
}
// Check VARIANT_NUMBER and VARIANT_INTEGER before VARIANT_LENGTH or
// VARIANT_ZERO_ANGLE.
if (((aVariantMask & VARIANT_NUMBER) != 0) &&
(eCSSToken_Number == tk->mType)) {
aValue.SetFloatValue(tk->mNumber, eCSSUnit_Number);
return true;
}
if (((aVariantMask & VARIANT_INTEGER) != 0) &&
(eCSSToken_Number == tk->mType) && tk->mIntegerValid) {
aValue.SetIntValue(tk->mInteger, eCSSUnit_Integer);
return true;
}
if (((aVariantMask & (VARIANT_LENGTH | VARIANT_ANGLE |
VARIANT_FREQUENCY | VARIANT_TIME)) != 0 &&
eCSSToken_Dimension == tk->mType) ||
((aVariantMask & (VARIANT_LENGTH | VARIANT_ZERO_ANGLE)) != 0 &&
eCSSToken_Number == tk->mType &&
tk->mNumber == 0.0f)) {
if (((aVariantMask & VARIANT_POSITIVE_DIMENSION) != 0 &&
tk->mNumber <= 0.0) ||
((aVariantMask & VARIANT_NONNEGATIVE_DIMENSION) != 0 &&
tk->mNumber < 0.0)) {
UngetToken();
return false;
}
if (TranslateDimension(aValue, aVariantMask, tk->mNumber, tk->mIdent)) {
return true;
}
// Put the token back; we didn't parse it, so we shouldn't consume it
UngetToken();
return false;
}
if (((aVariantMask & VARIANT_PERCENT) != 0) &&
(eCSSToken_Percentage == tk->mType)) {
aValue.SetPercentValue(tk->mNumber);
return true;
}
if (mUnitlessLengthQuirk) { // NONSTANDARD: Nav interprets unitless numbers as px
if (((aVariantMask & VARIANT_LENGTH) != 0) &&
(eCSSToken_Number == tk->mType)) {
aValue.SetFloatValue(tk->mNumber, eCSSUnit_Pixel);
return true;
}
}
if (IsSVGMode() && !IsParsingCompoundProperty()) {
// STANDARD: SVG Spec states that lengths and coordinates can be unitless
// in which case they default to user-units (1 px = 1 user unit)
if (((aVariantMask & VARIANT_LENGTH) != 0) &&
(eCSSToken_Number == tk->mType)) {
aValue.SetFloatValue(tk->mNumber, eCSSUnit_Pixel);
return true;
}
}
if (((aVariantMask & VARIANT_URL) != 0) &&
eCSSToken_URL == tk->mType) {
SetValueToURL(aValue, tk->mIdent);
return true;
}
if ((aVariantMask & VARIANT_GRADIENT) != 0 &&
eCSSToken_Function == tk->mType) {
// a generated gradient
nsDependentString tmp(tk->mIdent, 0);
bool isLegacy = false;
if (StringBeginsWith(tmp, NS_LITERAL_STRING("-moz-"))) {
tmp.Rebind(tmp, 5);
isLegacy = true;
}
bool isRepeating = false;
if (StringBeginsWith(tmp, NS_LITERAL_STRING("repeating-"))) {
tmp.Rebind(tmp, 10);
isRepeating = true;
}
if (tmp.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("linear-gradient")) {
return ParseLinearGradient(aValue, isRepeating, isLegacy);
}
if (tmp.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("radial-gradient")) {
return ParseRadialGradient(aValue, isRepeating, isLegacy);
}
}
if ((aVariantMask & VARIANT_IMAGE_RECT) != 0 &&
eCSSToken_Function == tk->mType &&
tk->mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("-moz-image-rect")) {
return ParseImageRect(aValue);
}
if ((aVariantMask & VARIANT_ELEMENT) != 0 &&
eCSSToken_Function == tk->mType &&
tk->mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("-moz-element")) {
return ParseElement(aValue);
}
if ((aVariantMask & VARIANT_COLOR) != 0) {
if (mHashlessColorQuirk || // NONSTANDARD: Nav interprets 'xxyyzz' values even without '#' prefix
(eCSSToken_ID == tk->mType) ||
(eCSSToken_Hash == tk->mType) ||
(eCSSToken_Ident == tk->mType) ||
((eCSSToken_Function == tk->mType) &&
(tk->mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("rgb") ||
tk->mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("hsl") ||
tk->mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("-moz-rgba") ||
tk->mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("-moz-hsla") ||
tk->mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("rgba") ||
tk->mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("hsla"))))
{
// Put token back so that parse color can get it
UngetToken();
if (ParseColor(aValue)) {
return true;
}
return false;
}
}
if (((aVariantMask & VARIANT_STRING) != 0) &&
(eCSSToken_String == tk->mType)) {
nsAutoString buffer;
buffer.Append(tk->mIdent);
aValue.SetStringValue(buffer, eCSSUnit_String);
return true;
}
if (((aVariantMask &
(VARIANT_IDENTIFIER | VARIANT_IDENTIFIER_NO_INHERIT)) != 0) &&
(eCSSToken_Ident == tk->mType) &&
((aVariantMask & VARIANT_IDENTIFIER) != 0 ||
!(tk->mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("inherit") ||
tk->mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("initial")))) {
aValue.SetStringValue(tk->mIdent, eCSSUnit_Ident);
return true;
}
if (((aVariantMask & VARIANT_COUNTER) != 0) &&
(eCSSToken_Function == tk->mType) &&
(tk->mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("counter") ||
tk->mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("counters"))) {
return ParseCounter(aValue);
}
if (((aVariantMask & VARIANT_ATTR) != 0) &&
(eCSSToken_Function == tk->mType) &&
tk->mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("attr")) {
if (!ParseAttr(aValue)) {
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
return true;
}
if (((aVariantMask & VARIANT_TIMING_FUNCTION) != 0) &&
(eCSSToken_Function == tk->mType)) {
if (tk->mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("cubic-bezier")) {
if (!ParseTransitionTimingFunctionValues(aValue)) {
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
return true;
}
if (tk->mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("steps")) {
if (!ParseTransitionStepTimingFunctionValues(aValue)) {
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
return true;
}
}
if ((aVariantMask & VARIANT_CALC) &&
(eCSSToken_Function == tk->mType) &&
(tk->mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("calc") ||
tk->mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("-moz-calc"))) {
// calc() currently allows only lengths and percents inside it.
return ParseCalc(aValue, aVariantMask & VARIANT_LP);
}
UngetToken();
return false;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseCounter(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
nsCSSUnit unit = (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("counter") ?
eCSSUnit_Counter : eCSSUnit_Counters);
// A non-iterative for loop to break out when an error occurs.
for (;;) {
if (!GetToken(true)) {
break;
}
if (eCSSToken_Ident != mToken.mType) {
UngetToken();
break;
}
nsRefPtr<nsCSSValue::Array> val =
nsCSSValue::Array::Create(unit == eCSSUnit_Counter ? 2 : 3);
val->Item(0).SetStringValue(mToken.mIdent, eCSSUnit_Ident);
if (eCSSUnit_Counters == unit) {
// must have a comma and then a separator string
if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true) || !GetToken(true)) {
break;
}
if (eCSSToken_String != mToken.mType) {
UngetToken();
break;
}
val->Item(1).SetStringValue(mToken.mIdent, eCSSUnit_String);
}
// get optional type
int32_t type = NS_STYLE_LIST_STYLE_DECIMAL;
if (ExpectSymbol(',', true)) {
if (!GetToken(true)) {
break;
}
nsCSSKeyword keyword;
if (eCSSToken_Ident != mToken.mType ||
(keyword = nsCSSKeywords::LookupKeyword(mToken.mIdent)) ==
eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN ||
!nsCSSProps::FindKeyword(keyword, nsCSSProps::kListStyleKTable,
type)) {
UngetToken();
break;
}
}
int32_t typeItem = eCSSUnit_Counters == unit ? 2 : 1;
val->Item(typeItem).SetIntValue(type, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
if (!ExpectSymbol(')', true)) {
break;
}
aValue.SetArrayValue(val, unit);
return true;
}
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseAttr(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
if (!GetToken(true)) {
return false;
}
nsAutoString attr;
if (eCSSToken_Ident == mToken.mType) { // attr name or namespace
nsAutoString holdIdent(mToken.mIdent);
if (ExpectSymbol('|', false)) { // namespace
int32_t nameSpaceID = GetNamespaceIdForPrefix(holdIdent);
if (nameSpaceID == kNameSpaceID_Unknown) {
return false;
}
attr.AppendInt(nameSpaceID, 10);
attr.Append(PRUnichar('|'));
if (! GetToken(false)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEAttributeNameEOF);
return false;
}
if (eCSSToken_Ident == mToken.mType) {
attr.Append(mToken.mIdent);
}
else {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEAttributeNameExpected);
UngetToken();
return false;
}
}
else { // no namespace
attr = holdIdent;
}
}
else if (mToken.IsSymbol('*')) { // namespace wildcard
// Wildcard namespace makes no sense here and is not allowed
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEAttributeNameExpected);
UngetToken();
return false;
}
else if (mToken.IsSymbol('|')) { // explicit NO namespace
if (! GetToken(false)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEAttributeNameEOF);
return false;
}
if (eCSSToken_Ident == mToken.mType) {
attr.Append(mToken.mIdent);
}
else {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEAttributeNameExpected);
UngetToken();
return false;
}
}
else {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEAttributeNameOrNamespaceExpected);
UngetToken();
return false;
}
if (!ExpectSymbol(')', true)) {
return false;
}
aValue.SetStringValue(attr, eCSSUnit_Attr);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::SetValueToURL(nsCSSValue& aValue, const nsString& aURL)
{
if (!mSheetPrincipal) {
NS_NOTREACHED("Codepaths that expect to parse URLs MUST pass in an "
"origin principal");
return false;
}
nsRefPtr<nsStringBuffer> buffer(nsCSSValue::BufferFromString(aURL));
// Note: urlVal retains its own reference to |buffer|.
mozilla::css::URLValue *urlVal =
new mozilla::css::URLValue(buffer, mBaseURI, mSheetURI, mSheetPrincipal);
aValue.SetURLValue(urlVal);
return true;
}
/**
* Parse the arguments of -moz-image-rect() function.
* -moz-image-rect(<uri>, <top>, <right>, <bottom>, <left>)
*/
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseImageRect(nsCSSValue& aImage)
{
// A non-iterative for loop to break out when an error occurs.
for (;;) {
nsCSSValue newFunction;
static const uint32_t kNumArgs = 5;
nsCSSValue::Array* func =
newFunction.InitFunction(eCSSKeyword__moz_image_rect, kNumArgs);
// func->Item(0) is reserved for the function name.
nsCSSValue& url = func->Item(1);
nsCSSValue& top = func->Item(2);
nsCSSValue& right = func->Item(3);
nsCSSValue& bottom = func->Item(4);
nsCSSValue& left = func->Item(5);
nsAutoString urlString;
if (!ParseURLOrString(urlString) ||
!SetValueToURL(url, urlString) ||
!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) {
break;
}
static const int32_t VARIANT_SIDE = VARIANT_NUMBER | VARIANT_PERCENT;
if (!ParseNonNegativeVariant(top, VARIANT_SIDE, nullptr) ||
!ExpectSymbol(',', true) ||
!ParseNonNegativeVariant(right, VARIANT_SIDE, nullptr) ||
!ExpectSymbol(',', true) ||
!ParseNonNegativeVariant(bottom, VARIANT_SIDE, nullptr) ||
!ExpectSymbol(',', true) ||
!ParseNonNegativeVariant(left, VARIANT_SIDE, nullptr) ||
!ExpectSymbol(')', true))
break;
aImage = newFunction;
return true;
}
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
// <element>: -moz-element(# <element_id> )
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseElement(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
// A non-iterative for loop to break out when an error occurs.
for (;;) {
if (!GetToken(true))
break;
if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_ID) {
aValue.SetStringValue(mToken.mIdent, eCSSUnit_Element);
} else {
UngetToken();
break;
}
if (!ExpectSymbol(')', true))
break;
return true;
}
// If we detect a syntax error, we must match the opening parenthesis of the
// function with the closing parenthesis and skip all the tokens in between.
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
// flex: none | [ <'flex-grow'> <'flex-shrink'>? || <'flex-basis'> ]
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseFlex()
{
// First check for inherit / initial
nsCSSValue tmpVal;
if (ParseVariant(tmpVal, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) {
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_flex_grow, tmpVal);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_flex_shrink, tmpVal);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_flex_basis, tmpVal);
return true;
}
// Next, check for 'none' == '0 0 auto'
if (ParseVariant(tmpVal, VARIANT_NONE, nullptr)) {
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_flex_grow, nsCSSValue(0.0f, eCSSUnit_Number));
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_flex_shrink, nsCSSValue(0.0f, eCSSUnit_Number));
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_flex_basis, nsCSSValue(eCSSUnit_Auto));
return true;
}
// OK, try parsing our value as individual per-subproperty components:
// [ <'flex-grow'> <'flex-shrink'>? || <'flex-basis'> ]
// Each subproperty has a default value that it takes when it's omitted in a
// "flex" shorthand value. These default values are *only* for the shorthand
// syntax -- they're distinct from the subproperties' own initial values. We
// start with each subproperty at its default, as if we had "flex: 1 1 0%".
nsCSSValue flexGrow(1.0f, eCSSUnit_Number);
nsCSSValue flexShrink(1.0f, eCSSUnit_Number);
nsCSSValue flexBasis(0.0f, eCSSUnit_Percent);
// OVERVIEW OF PARSING STRATEGY:
// =============================
// a) Parse the first component as either flex-basis or flex-grow.
// b) If it wasn't flex-grow, parse the _next_ component as flex-grow.
// c) Now we've just parsed flex-grow -- so try parsing the next thing as
// flex-shrink.
// d) Finally: If we didn't get flex-basis at the beginning, try to parse
// it now, at the end.
//
// More details in each section below.
uint32_t flexBasisVariantMask =
(nsCSSProps::ParserVariant(eCSSProperty_flex_basis) & ~(VARIANT_INHERIT));
// (a) Parse first component. It can be either be a 'flex-basis' value or a
// 'flex-grow' value, so we use the flex-basis-specific variant mask, along
// with VARIANT_NUMBER to accept 'flex-grow' values.
//
// NOTE: if we encounter unitless 0 here, we *must* interpret it as a
// 'flex-grow' value (a number), *not* as a 'flex-basis' value (a length).
// Conveniently, that's the behavior this combined variant-mask gives us --
// it'll treat unitless 0 as a number. The flexbox spec requires this:
// "a unitless zero that is not already preceded by two flex factors must be
// interpreted as a flex factor.
if (!ParseNonNegativeVariant(tmpVal, flexBasisVariantMask | VARIANT_NUMBER,
nsCSSProps::kWidthKTable)) {
// First component was not a valid flex-basis or flex-grow value. Fail.
return false;
}
// Record what we just parsed as either flex-basis or flex-grow:
bool wasFirstComponentFlexBasis = (tmpVal.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Number);
(wasFirstComponentFlexBasis ? flexBasis : flexGrow) = tmpVal;
// (b) If we didn't get flex-grow yet, parse _next_ component as flex-grow.
bool doneParsing = false;
if (wasFirstComponentFlexBasis) {
if (ParseNonNegativeVariant(tmpVal, VARIANT_NUMBER, nullptr)) {
flexGrow = tmpVal;
} else {
// Failed to parse anything after our flex-basis -- that's fine. We can
// skip the remaining parsing.
doneParsing = true;
}
}
if (!doneParsing) {
// (c) OK -- the last thing we parsed was flex-grow, so look for a
// flex-shrink in the next position.
if (ParseNonNegativeVariant(tmpVal, VARIANT_NUMBER, nullptr)) {
flexShrink = tmpVal;
}
// d) Finally: If we didn't get flex-basis at the beginning, try to parse
// it now, at the end.
//
// NOTE: If we encounter unitless 0 in this final position, we'll parse it
// as a 'flex-basis' value. That's OK, because we know it must have
// been "preceded by 2 flex factors" (justification below), which gets us
// out of the spec's requirement of otherwise having to treat unitless 0
// as a flex factor.
//
// JUSTIFICATION: How do we know that a unitless 0 here must have been
// preceded by 2 flex factors? Well, suppose we had a unitless 0 that
// was preceded by only 1 flex factor. Then, we would have already
// accepted this unitless 0 as the 'flex-shrink' value, up above (since
// it's a valid flex-shrink value), and we'd have moved on to the next
// token (if any). And of course, if we instead had a unitless 0 preceded
// by *no* flex factors (if it were the first token), we would've already
// parsed it in our very first call to ParseNonNegativeVariant(). So, any
// unitless 0 encountered here *must* have been preceded by 2 flex factors.
if (!wasFirstComponentFlexBasis &&
ParseNonNegativeVariant(tmpVal, flexBasisVariantMask,
nsCSSProps::kWidthKTable)) {
flexBasis = tmpVal;
}
}
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_flex_grow, flexGrow);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_flex_shrink, flexShrink);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_flex_basis, flexBasis);
return true;
}
// <color-stop> : <color> [ <percentage> | <length> ]?
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseColorStop(nsCSSValueGradient* aGradient)
{
nsCSSValueGradientStop* stop = aGradient->mStops.AppendElement();
if (!ParseVariant(stop->mColor, VARIANT_COLOR, nullptr)) {
return false;
}
// Stop positions do not have to fall between the starting-point and
// ending-point, so we don't use ParseNonNegativeVariant.
if (!ParseVariant(stop->mLocation, VARIANT_LP | VARIANT_CALC, nullptr)) {
stop->mLocation.SetNoneValue();
}
return true;
}
// <gradient>
// : linear-gradient( <linear-gradient-line>? <color-stops> ')'
// | radial-gradient( <radial-gradient-line>? <color-stops> ')'
//
// <linear-gradient-line> : [ to [left | right] || [top | bottom] ] ,
// | <legacy-gradient-line>
// <radial-gradient-line> : [ <shape> || <size> ] [ at <position> ]? ,
// | [ at <position> ] ,
// | <legacy-gradient-line>? <legacy-shape-size>?
// <shape> : circle | ellipse
// <size> : closest-side | closest-corner | farthest-side | farthest-corner
// | <length> | [<length> | <percentage>]{2}
//
// <legacy-gradient-line> : [ <position> || <angle>] ,
//
// <legacy-shape-size> : [ <shape> || <legacy-size> ] ,
// <legacy-size> : closest-side | closest-corner | farthest-side
// | farthest-corner | contain | cover
//
// <color-stops> : <color-stop> , <color-stop> [, <color-stop>]*
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseLinearGradient(nsCSSValue& aValue, bool aIsRepeating,
bool aIsLegacy)
{
nsRefPtr<nsCSSValueGradient> cssGradient
= new nsCSSValueGradient(false, aIsRepeating);
if (!GetToken(true)) {
return false;
}
if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Ident &&
mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("to")) {
// "to" syntax doesn't allow explicit "center"
if (!ParseBoxPositionValues(cssGradient->mBgPos, false, false)) {
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
// [ to [left | right] || [top | bottom] ] ,
const nsCSSValue& xValue = cssGradient->mBgPos.mXValue;
const nsCSSValue& yValue = cssGradient->mBgPos.mYValue;
if (xValue.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Enumerated ||
!(xValue.GetIntValue() & (NS_STYLE_BG_POSITION_LEFT |
NS_STYLE_BG_POSITION_CENTER |
NS_STYLE_BG_POSITION_RIGHT)) ||
yValue.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Enumerated ||
!(yValue.GetIntValue() & (NS_STYLE_BG_POSITION_TOP |
NS_STYLE_BG_POSITION_CENTER |
NS_STYLE_BG_POSITION_BOTTOM))) {
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) {
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
return ParseGradientColorStops(cssGradient, aValue);
}
if (!aIsLegacy) {
UngetToken();
// <angle> ,
if (ParseVariant(cssGradient->mAngle, VARIANT_ANGLE, nullptr) &&
!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) {
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
return ParseGradientColorStops(cssGradient, aValue);
}
nsCSSTokenType ty = mToken.mType;
nsString id = mToken.mIdent;
UngetToken();
// <legacy-gradient-line>
bool haveGradientLine = IsLegacyGradientLine(ty, id);
if (haveGradientLine) {
cssGradient->mIsLegacySyntax = true;
bool haveAngle =
ParseVariant(cssGradient->mAngle, VARIANT_ANGLE, nullptr);
// if we got an angle, we might now have a comma, ending the gradient-line
if (!haveAngle || !ExpectSymbol(',', true)) {
if (!ParseBoxPositionValues(cssGradient->mBgPos, false)) {
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true) &&
// if we didn't already get an angle, we might have one now,
// otherwise it's an error
(haveAngle ||
!ParseVariant(cssGradient->mAngle, VARIANT_ANGLE, nullptr) ||
// now we better have a comma
!ExpectSymbol(',', true))) {
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
}
}
return ParseGradientColorStops(cssGradient, aValue);
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseRadialGradient(nsCSSValue& aValue, bool aIsRepeating,
bool aIsLegacy)
{
nsRefPtr<nsCSSValueGradient> cssGradient
= new nsCSSValueGradient(true, aIsRepeating);
// [ <shape> || <size> ]
bool haveShape =
ParseVariant(cssGradient->GetRadialShape(), VARIANT_KEYWORD,
nsCSSProps::kRadialGradientShapeKTable);
bool haveSize = ParseVariant(cssGradient->GetRadialSize(), VARIANT_KEYWORD,
aIsLegacy ?
nsCSSProps::kRadialGradientLegacySizeKTable :
nsCSSProps::kRadialGradientSizeKTable);
if (haveSize) {
if (!haveShape) {
// <size> <shape>
haveShape = ParseVariant(cssGradient->GetRadialShape(), VARIANT_KEYWORD,
nsCSSProps::kRadialGradientShapeKTable);
}
} else if (!aIsLegacy) {
// <length> | [<length> | <percentage>]{2}
haveSize =
ParseNonNegativeVariant(cssGradient->GetRadiusX(), VARIANT_LP, nullptr);
if (haveSize) {
// vertical extent is optional
bool haveYSize =
ParseNonNegativeVariant(cssGradient->GetRadiusY(), VARIANT_LP, nullptr);
if (!haveShape) {
nsCSSValue shapeValue;
haveShape = ParseVariant(shapeValue, VARIANT_KEYWORD,
nsCSSProps::kRadialGradientShapeKTable);
}
int32_t shape =
cssGradient->GetRadialShape().GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated ?
cssGradient->GetRadialShape().GetIntValue() : -1;
if (haveYSize
? shape == NS_STYLE_GRADIENT_SHAPE_CIRCULAR
: cssGradient->GetRadiusX().GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Percent ||
shape == NS_STYLE_GRADIENT_SHAPE_ELLIPTICAL) {
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
cssGradient->mIsExplicitSize = true;
}
}
if ((haveShape || haveSize) && ExpectSymbol(',', true)) {
// [ <shape> || <size> ] ,
return ParseGradientColorStops(cssGradient, aValue);
}
if (!GetToken(true)) {
return false;
}
if (!aIsLegacy) {
if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Ident &&
mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("at")) {
// [ <shape> || <size> ]? at <position> ,
if (!ParseBoxPositionValues(cssGradient->mBgPos, false) ||
!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) {
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
return ParseGradientColorStops(cssGradient, aValue);
}
// <color-stops> only
UngetToken();
return ParseGradientColorStops(cssGradient, aValue);
}
MOZ_ASSERT(!cssGradient->mIsExplicitSize);
nsCSSTokenType ty = mToken.mType;
nsString id = mToken.mIdent;
UngetToken();
// <legacy-gradient-line>
bool haveGradientLine = false;
// if we already encountered a shape or size,
// we can not have a gradient-line in legacy syntax
if (!haveShape && !haveSize) {
haveGradientLine = IsLegacyGradientLine(ty, id);
}
if (haveGradientLine) {
bool haveAngle =
ParseVariant(cssGradient->mAngle, VARIANT_ANGLE, nullptr);
// if we got an angle, we might now have a comma, ending the gradient-line
if (!haveAngle || !ExpectSymbol(',', true)) {
if (!ParseBoxPositionValues(cssGradient->mBgPos, false)) {
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true) &&
// if we didn't already get an angle, we might have one now,
// otherwise it's an error
(haveAngle ||
!ParseVariant(cssGradient->mAngle, VARIANT_ANGLE, nullptr) ||
// now we better have a comma
!ExpectSymbol(',', true))) {
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
}
if (cssGradient->mAngle.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_None) {
cssGradient->mIsLegacySyntax = true;
}
}
// radial gradients might have a shape and size here for legacy syntax
if (!haveShape && !haveSize) {
haveShape =
ParseVariant(cssGradient->GetRadialShape(), VARIANT_KEYWORD,
nsCSSProps::kRadialGradientShapeKTable);
haveSize =
ParseVariant(cssGradient->GetRadialSize(), VARIANT_KEYWORD,
nsCSSProps::kRadialGradientLegacySizeKTable);
// could be in either order
if (!haveShape) {
haveShape =
ParseVariant(cssGradient->GetRadialShape(), VARIANT_KEYWORD,
nsCSSProps::kRadialGradientShapeKTable);
}
}
if ((haveShape || haveSize) && !ExpectSymbol(',', true)) {
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
return ParseGradientColorStops(cssGradient, aValue);
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::IsLegacyGradientLine(const nsCSSTokenType& aType,
const nsString& aId)
{
// N.B. ParseBoxPositionValues is not guaranteed to put back
// everything it scanned if it fails, so we must only call it
// if there is no alternative to consuming a <box-position>.
// ParseVariant, as used here, will either succeed and consume
// a single token, or fail and consume none, so we can be more
// cavalier about calling it.
bool haveGradientLine = false;
switch (aType) {
case eCSSToken_Percentage:
case eCSSToken_Number:
case eCSSToken_Dimension:
haveGradientLine = true;
break;
case eCSSToken_Function:
if (aId.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("calc") ||
aId.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("-moz-calc")) {
haveGradientLine = true;
break;
}
// fall through
case eCSSToken_ID:
case eCSSToken_Hash:
// this is a color
break;
case eCSSToken_Ident: {
// This is only a gradient line if it's a box position keyword.
nsCSSKeyword kw = nsCSSKeywords::LookupKeyword(aId);
int32_t junk;
if (kw != eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN &&
nsCSSProps::FindKeyword(kw, nsCSSProps::kBackgroundPositionKTable,
junk)) {
haveGradientLine = true;
}
break;
}
default:
// error
break;
}
return haveGradientLine;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseGradientColorStops(nsCSSValueGradient* aGradient,
nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
// At least two color stops are required
if (!ParseColorStop(aGradient) ||
!ExpectSymbol(',', true) ||
!ParseColorStop(aGradient)) {
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
// Additional color stops
while (ExpectSymbol(',', true)) {
if (!ParseColorStop(aGradient)) {
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
}
if (!ExpectSymbol(')', true)) {
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
aValue.SetGradientValue(aGradient);
return true;
}
int32_t
CSSParserImpl::ParseChoice(nsCSSValue aValues[],
const nsCSSProperty aPropIDs[], int32_t aNumIDs)
{
int32_t found = 0;
nsAutoParseCompoundProperty compound(this);
int32_t loop;
for (loop = 0; loop < aNumIDs; loop++) {
// Try each property parser in order
int32_t hadFound = found;
int32_t index;
for (index = 0; index < aNumIDs; index++) {
int32_t bit = 1 << index;
if ((found & bit) == 0) {
if (ParseSingleValueProperty(aValues[index], aPropIDs[index])) {
found |= bit;
// It's more efficient to break since it will reset |hadFound|
// to |found|. Furthermore, ParseListStyle depends on our going
// through the properties in order for each value..
break;
}
}
}
if (found == hadFound) { // found nothing new
break;
}
}
if (0 < found) {
if (1 == found) { // only first property
if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == aValues[0].GetUnit()) { // one inherit, all inherit
for (loop = 1; loop < aNumIDs; loop++) {
aValues[loop].SetInheritValue();
}
found = ((1 << aNumIDs) - 1);
}
else if (eCSSUnit_Initial == aValues[0].GetUnit()) { // one initial, all initial
for (loop = 1; loop < aNumIDs; loop++) {
aValues[loop].SetInitialValue();
}
found = ((1 << aNumIDs) - 1);
}
}
else { // more than one value, verify no inherits or initials
for (loop = 0; loop < aNumIDs; loop++) {
if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == aValues[loop].GetUnit()) {
found = -1;
break;
}
else if (eCSSUnit_Initial == aValues[loop].GetUnit()) {
found = -1;
break;
}
}
}
}
return found;
}
void
CSSParserImpl::AppendValue(nsCSSProperty aPropID, const nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
mTempData.AddLonghandProperty(aPropID, aValue);
}
/**
* Parse a "box" property. Box properties have 1 to 4 values. When less
* than 4 values are provided a standard mapping is used to replicate
* existing values.
*/
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseBoxProperties(const nsCSSProperty aPropIDs[])
{
// Get up to four values for the property
int32_t count = 0;
nsCSSRect result;
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES (index) {
if (! ParseSingleValueProperty(result.*(nsCSSRect::sides[index]),
aPropIDs[index])) {
break;
}
count++;
}
if ((count == 0) || (false == ExpectEndProperty())) {
return false;
}
if (1 < count) { // verify no more than single inherit or initial
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES (index) {
nsCSSUnit unit = (result.*(nsCSSRect::sides[index])).GetUnit();
if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == unit || eCSSUnit_Initial == unit) {
return false;
}
}
}
// Provide missing values by replicating some of the values found
switch (count) {
case 1: // Make right == top
result.mRight = result.mTop;
case 2: // Make bottom == top
result.mBottom = result.mTop;
case 3: // Make left == right
result.mLeft = result.mRight;
}
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES (index) {
AppendValue(aPropIDs[index], result.*(nsCSSRect::sides[index]));
}
return true;
}
// Similar to ParseBoxProperties, except there is only one property
// with the result as its value, not four. Requires values be nonnegative.
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseGroupedBoxProperty(int32_t aVariantMask,
/** outparam */ nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
nsCSSRect& result = aValue.SetRectValue();
int32_t count = 0;
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES (index) {
if (!ParseNonNegativeVariant(result.*(nsCSSRect::sides[index]),
aVariantMask, nullptr)) {
break;
}
count++;
}
if (count == 0) {
return false;
}
// Provide missing values by replicating some of the values found
switch (count) {
case 1: // Make right == top
result.mRight = result.mTop;
case 2: // Make bottom == top
result.mBottom = result.mTop;
case 3: // Make left == right
result.mLeft = result.mRight;
}
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseDirectionalBoxProperty(nsCSSProperty aProperty,
int32_t aSourceType)
{
const nsCSSProperty* subprops = nsCSSProps::SubpropertyEntryFor(aProperty);
NS_ASSERTION(subprops[3] == eCSSProperty_UNKNOWN,
"not box property with physical vs. logical cascading");
nsCSSValue value;
if (!ParseSingleValueProperty(value, subprops[0]) ||
!ExpectEndProperty())
return false;
AppendValue(subprops[0], value);
nsCSSValue typeVal(aSourceType, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
AppendValue(subprops[1], typeVal);
AppendValue(subprops[2], typeVal);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseBoxCornerRadius(nsCSSProperty aPropID)
{
nsCSSValue dimenX, dimenY;
// required first value
if (! ParseNonNegativeVariant(dimenX, VARIANT_HLP | VARIANT_CALC, nullptr))
return false;
// optional second value (forbidden if first value is inherit/initial)
if (dimenX.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Inherit &&
dimenX.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Initial) {
ParseNonNegativeVariant(dimenY, VARIANT_LP | VARIANT_CALC, nullptr);
}
if (dimenX == dimenY || dimenY.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Null) {
AppendValue(aPropID, dimenX);
} else {
nsCSSValue value;
value.SetPairValue(dimenX, dimenY);
AppendValue(aPropID, value);
}
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseBoxCornerRadii(const nsCSSProperty aPropIDs[])
{
// Rectangles are used as scratch storage.
// top => top-left, right => top-right,
// bottom => bottom-right, left => bottom-left.
nsCSSRect dimenX, dimenY;
int32_t countX = 0, countY = 0;
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES (side) {
if (! ParseNonNegativeVariant(dimenX.*nsCSSRect::sides[side],
(side > 0 ? 0 : VARIANT_INHERIT) |
VARIANT_LP | VARIANT_CALC,
nullptr))
break;
countX++;
}
if (countX == 0)
return false;
if (ExpectSymbol('/', true)) {
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES (side) {
if (! ParseNonNegativeVariant(dimenY.*nsCSSRect::sides[side],
VARIANT_LP | VARIANT_CALC, nullptr))
break;
countY++;
}
if (countY == 0)
return false;
}
if (!ExpectEndProperty())
return false;
// if 'initial' or 'inherit' was used, it must be the only value
if (countX > 1 || countY > 0) {
nsCSSUnit unit = dimenX.mTop.GetUnit();
if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == unit || eCSSUnit_Initial == unit)
return false;
}
// if we have no Y-values, use the X-values
if (countY == 0) {
dimenY = dimenX;
countY = countX;
}
// Provide missing values by replicating some of the values found
switch (countX) {
case 1: dimenX.mRight = dimenX.mTop; // top-right same as top-left, and
case 2: dimenX.mBottom = dimenX.mTop; // bottom-right same as top-left, and
case 3: dimenX.mLeft = dimenX.mRight; // bottom-left same as top-right
}
switch (countY) {
case 1: dimenY.mRight = dimenY.mTop; // top-right same as top-left, and
case 2: dimenY.mBottom = dimenY.mTop; // bottom-right same as top-left, and
case 3: dimenY.mLeft = dimenY.mRight; // bottom-left same as top-right
}
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES(side) {
nsCSSValue& x = dimenX.*nsCSSRect::sides[side];
nsCSSValue& y = dimenY.*nsCSSRect::sides[side];
if (x == y) {
AppendValue(aPropIDs[side], x);
} else {
nsCSSValue pair;
pair.SetPairValue(x, y);
AppendValue(aPropIDs[side], pair);
}
}
return true;
}
// These must be in CSS order (top,right,bottom,left) for indexing to work
static const nsCSSProperty kBorderStyleIDs[] = {
eCSSProperty_border_top_style,
eCSSProperty_border_right_style_value,
eCSSProperty_border_bottom_style,
eCSSProperty_border_left_style_value
};
static const nsCSSProperty kBorderWidthIDs[] = {
eCSSProperty_border_top_width,
eCSSProperty_border_right_width_value,
eCSSProperty_border_bottom_width,
eCSSProperty_border_left_width_value
};
static const nsCSSProperty kBorderColorIDs[] = {
eCSSProperty_border_top_color,
eCSSProperty_border_right_color_value,
eCSSProperty_border_bottom_color,
eCSSProperty_border_left_color_value
};
static const nsCSSProperty kBorderRadiusIDs[] = {
eCSSProperty_border_top_left_radius,
eCSSProperty_border_top_right_radius,
eCSSProperty_border_bottom_right_radius,
eCSSProperty_border_bottom_left_radius
};
static const nsCSSProperty kOutlineRadiusIDs[] = {
eCSSProperty__moz_outline_radius_topLeft,
eCSSProperty__moz_outline_radius_topRight,
eCSSProperty__moz_outline_radius_bottomRight,
eCSSProperty__moz_outline_radius_bottomLeft
};
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseProperty(nsCSSProperty aPropID)
{
// Can't use AutoRestore<bool> because it's a bitfield.
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(!mHashlessColorQuirk,
"hashless color quirk should not be set");
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(!mUnitlessLengthQuirk,
"unitless length quirk should not be set");
if (mNavQuirkMode) {
mHashlessColorQuirk =
nsCSSProps::PropHasFlags(aPropID, CSS_PROPERTY_HASHLESS_COLOR_QUIRK);
mUnitlessLengthQuirk =
nsCSSProps::PropHasFlags(aPropID, CSS_PROPERTY_UNITLESS_LENGTH_QUIRK);
}
NS_ASSERTION(aPropID < eCSSProperty_COUNT, "index out of range");
bool result;
switch (nsCSSProps::PropertyParseType(aPropID)) {
case CSS_PROPERTY_PARSE_INACCESSIBLE: {
// The user can't use these
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEInaccessibleProperty2);
result = false;
break;
}
case CSS_PROPERTY_PARSE_FUNCTION: {
result = ParsePropertyByFunction(aPropID);
break;
}
case CSS_PROPERTY_PARSE_VALUE: {
result = false;
nsCSSValue value;
if (ParseSingleValueProperty(value, aPropID)) {
if (ExpectEndProperty()) {
AppendValue(aPropID, value);
result = true;
}
// XXX Report errors?
}
// XXX Report errors?
break;
}
case CSS_PROPERTY_PARSE_VALUE_LIST: {
result = ParseValueList(aPropID);
break;
}
default: {
result = false;
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(false,
"Property's flags field in nsCSSPropList.h is missing "
"one of the CSS_PROPERTY_PARSE_* constants");
break;
}
}
if (mNavQuirkMode) {
mHashlessColorQuirk = false;
mUnitlessLengthQuirk = false;
}
return result;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParsePropertyByFunction(nsCSSProperty aPropID)
{
switch (aPropID) { // handle shorthand or multiple properties
case eCSSProperty_background:
return ParseBackground();
case eCSSProperty_background_repeat:
return ParseBackgroundRepeat();
case eCSSProperty_background_position:
return ParseBackgroundPosition();
case eCSSProperty_background_size:
return ParseBackgroundSize();
case eCSSProperty_border:
return ParseBorderSide(kBorderTopIDs, true);
case eCSSProperty_border_color:
return ParseBorderColor();
case eCSSProperty_border_spacing:
return ParseBorderSpacing();
case eCSSProperty_border_style:
return ParseBorderStyle();
case eCSSProperty_border_bottom:
return ParseBorderSide(kBorderBottomIDs, false);
case eCSSProperty_border_end:
return ParseDirectionalBorderSide(kBorderEndIDs,
NS_BOXPROP_SOURCE_LOGICAL);
case eCSSProperty_border_left:
return ParseDirectionalBorderSide(kBorderLeftIDs,
NS_BOXPROP_SOURCE_PHYSICAL);
case eCSSProperty_border_right:
return ParseDirectionalBorderSide(kBorderRightIDs,
NS_BOXPROP_SOURCE_PHYSICAL);
case eCSSProperty_border_start:
return ParseDirectionalBorderSide(kBorderStartIDs,
NS_BOXPROP_SOURCE_LOGICAL);
case eCSSProperty_border_top:
return ParseBorderSide(kBorderTopIDs, false);
case eCSSProperty_border_bottom_colors:
case eCSSProperty_border_left_colors:
case eCSSProperty_border_right_colors:
case eCSSProperty_border_top_colors:
return ParseBorderColors(aPropID);
case eCSSProperty_border_image_slice:
return ParseBorderImageSlice(true, nullptr);
case eCSSProperty_border_image_width:
return ParseBorderImageWidth(true);
case eCSSProperty_border_image_outset:
return ParseBorderImageOutset(true);
case eCSSProperty_border_image_repeat:
return ParseBorderImageRepeat(true);
case eCSSProperty_border_image:
return ParseBorderImage();
case eCSSProperty_border_width:
return ParseBorderWidth();
case eCSSProperty_border_end_color:
return ParseDirectionalBoxProperty(eCSSProperty_border_end_color,
NS_BOXPROP_SOURCE_LOGICAL);
case eCSSProperty_border_left_color:
return ParseDirectionalBoxProperty(eCSSProperty_border_left_color,
NS_BOXPROP_SOURCE_PHYSICAL);
case eCSSProperty_border_right_color:
return ParseDirectionalBoxProperty(eCSSProperty_border_right_color,
NS_BOXPROP_SOURCE_PHYSICAL);
case eCSSProperty_border_start_color:
return ParseDirectionalBoxProperty(eCSSProperty_border_start_color,
NS_BOXPROP_SOURCE_LOGICAL);
case eCSSProperty_border_end_width:
return ParseDirectionalBoxProperty(eCSSProperty_border_end_width,
NS_BOXPROP_SOURCE_LOGICAL);
case eCSSProperty_border_left_width:
return ParseDirectionalBoxProperty(eCSSProperty_border_left_width,
NS_BOXPROP_SOURCE_PHYSICAL);
case eCSSProperty_border_right_width:
return ParseDirectionalBoxProperty(eCSSProperty_border_right_width,
NS_BOXPROP_SOURCE_PHYSICAL);
case eCSSProperty_border_start_width:
return ParseDirectionalBoxProperty(eCSSProperty_border_start_width,
NS_BOXPROP_SOURCE_LOGICAL);
case eCSSProperty_border_end_style:
return ParseDirectionalBoxProperty(eCSSProperty_border_end_style,
NS_BOXPROP_SOURCE_LOGICAL);
case eCSSProperty_border_left_style:
return ParseDirectionalBoxProperty(eCSSProperty_border_left_style,
NS_BOXPROP_SOURCE_PHYSICAL);
case eCSSProperty_border_right_style:
return ParseDirectionalBoxProperty(eCSSProperty_border_right_style,
NS_BOXPROP_SOURCE_PHYSICAL);
case eCSSProperty_border_start_style:
return ParseDirectionalBoxProperty(eCSSProperty_border_start_style,
NS_BOXPROP_SOURCE_LOGICAL);
case eCSSProperty_border_radius:
return ParseBoxCornerRadii(kBorderRadiusIDs);
case eCSSProperty__moz_outline_radius:
return ParseBoxCornerRadii(kOutlineRadiusIDs);
case eCSSProperty_border_top_left_radius:
case eCSSProperty_border_top_right_radius:
case eCSSProperty_border_bottom_right_radius:
case eCSSProperty_border_bottom_left_radius:
case eCSSProperty__moz_outline_radius_topLeft:
case eCSSProperty__moz_outline_radius_topRight:
case eCSSProperty__moz_outline_radius_bottomRight:
case eCSSProperty__moz_outline_radius_bottomLeft:
return ParseBoxCornerRadius(aPropID);
case eCSSProperty_box_shadow:
case eCSSProperty_text_shadow:
return ParseShadowList(aPropID);
case eCSSProperty_clip:
return ParseRect(eCSSProperty_clip);
case eCSSProperty__moz_columns:
return ParseColumns();
case eCSSProperty__moz_column_rule:
return ParseBorderSide(kColumnRuleIDs, false);
case eCSSProperty_content:
return ParseContent();
case eCSSProperty_counter_increment:
case eCSSProperty_counter_reset:
return ParseCounterData(aPropID);
case eCSSProperty_cursor:
return ParseCursor();
case eCSSProperty_filter:
return ParseFilter();
case eCSSProperty_flex:
return ParseFlex();
case eCSSProperty_font:
return ParseFont();
case eCSSProperty_image_region:
return ParseRect(eCSSProperty_image_region);
case eCSSProperty_list_style:
return ParseListStyle();
case eCSSProperty_margin:
return ParseMargin();
case eCSSProperty_margin_end:
return ParseDirectionalBoxProperty(eCSSProperty_margin_end,
NS_BOXPROP_SOURCE_LOGICAL);
case eCSSProperty_margin_left:
return ParseDirectionalBoxProperty(eCSSProperty_margin_left,
NS_BOXPROP_SOURCE_PHYSICAL);
case eCSSProperty_margin_right:
return ParseDirectionalBoxProperty(eCSSProperty_margin_right,
NS_BOXPROP_SOURCE_PHYSICAL);
case eCSSProperty_margin_start:
return ParseDirectionalBoxProperty(eCSSProperty_margin_start,
NS_BOXPROP_SOURCE_LOGICAL);
case eCSSProperty_outline:
return ParseOutline();
case eCSSProperty_overflow:
return ParseOverflow();
case eCSSProperty_padding:
return ParsePadding();
case eCSSProperty_padding_end:
return ParseDirectionalBoxProperty(eCSSProperty_padding_end,
NS_BOXPROP_SOURCE_LOGICAL);
case eCSSProperty_padding_left:
return ParseDirectionalBoxProperty(eCSSProperty_padding_left,
NS_BOXPROP_SOURCE_PHYSICAL);
case eCSSProperty_padding_right:
return ParseDirectionalBoxProperty(eCSSProperty_padding_right,
NS_BOXPROP_SOURCE_PHYSICAL);
case eCSSProperty_padding_start:
return ParseDirectionalBoxProperty(eCSSProperty_padding_start,
NS_BOXPROP_SOURCE_LOGICAL);
case eCSSProperty_quotes:
return ParseQuotes();
case eCSSProperty_size:
return ParseSize();
case eCSSProperty_text_decoration:
return ParseTextDecoration();
case eCSSProperty_transform:
return ParseTransform(false);
case eCSSProperty__moz_transform:
return ParseTransform(true);
case eCSSProperty_transform_origin:
return ParseTransformOrigin(false);
case eCSSProperty_perspective_origin:
return ParseTransformOrigin(true);
case eCSSProperty_transition:
return ParseTransition();
case eCSSProperty_animation:
return ParseAnimation();
case eCSSProperty_transition_property:
return ParseTransitionProperty();
case eCSSProperty_fill:
case eCSSProperty_stroke:
return ParsePaint(aPropID);
case eCSSProperty_stroke_dasharray:
return ParseDasharray();
case eCSSProperty_marker:
return ParseMarker();
case eCSSProperty_paint_order:
return ParsePaintOrder();
default:
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(false, "should not be called");
return false;
}
}
// Bits used in determining which background position info we have
#define BG_CENTER NS_STYLE_BG_POSITION_CENTER
#define BG_TOP NS_STYLE_BG_POSITION_TOP
#define BG_BOTTOM NS_STYLE_BG_POSITION_BOTTOM
#define BG_LEFT NS_STYLE_BG_POSITION_LEFT
#define BG_RIGHT NS_STYLE_BG_POSITION_RIGHT
#define BG_CTB (BG_CENTER | BG_TOP | BG_BOTTOM)
#define BG_TB (BG_TOP | BG_BOTTOM)
#define BG_CLR (BG_CENTER | BG_LEFT | BG_RIGHT)
#define BG_LR (BG_LEFT | BG_RIGHT)
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseSingleValueProperty(nsCSSValue& aValue,
nsCSSProperty aPropID)
{
if (aPropID == eCSSPropertyExtra_x_none_value) {
return ParseVariant(aValue, VARIANT_NONE | VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr);
}
if (aPropID == eCSSPropertyExtra_x_auto_value) {
return ParseVariant(aValue, VARIANT_AUTO | VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr);
}
if (aPropID < 0 || aPropID >= eCSSProperty_COUNT_no_shorthands) {
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(false, "not a single value property");
return false;
}
if (nsCSSProps::PropHasFlags(aPropID, CSS_PROPERTY_VALUE_PARSER_FUNCTION)) {
switch (aPropID) {
case eCSSProperty_font_family:
return ParseFamily(aValue);
case eCSSProperty_font_synthesis:
return ParseFontSynthesis(aValue);
case eCSSProperty_font_variant_alternates:
return ParseFontVariantAlternates(aValue);
case eCSSProperty_font_variant_east_asian:
return ParseFontVariantEastAsian(aValue);
case eCSSProperty_font_variant_ligatures:
return ParseFontVariantLigatures(aValue);
case eCSSProperty_font_variant_numeric:
return ParseFontVariantNumeric(aValue);
case eCSSProperty_font_feature_settings:
return ParseFontFeatureSettings(aValue);
case eCSSProperty_font_weight:
return ParseFontWeight(aValue);
case eCSSProperty_marks:
return ParseMarks(aValue);
case eCSSProperty_text_decoration_line:
return ParseTextDecorationLine(aValue);
case eCSSProperty_text_overflow:
return ParseTextOverflow(aValue);
default:
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(false, "should not reach here");
return false;
}
}
uint32_t variant = nsCSSProps::ParserVariant(aPropID);
if (variant == 0) {
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(false, "not a single value property");
return false;
}
// We only allow 'script-level' when unsafe rules are enabled, because
// otherwise it could interfere with rulenode optimizations if used in
// a non-MathML-enabled document.
if (aPropID == eCSSProperty_script_level && !mUnsafeRulesEnabled)
return false;
const int32_t *kwtable = nsCSSProps::kKeywordTableTable[aPropID];
switch (nsCSSProps::ValueRestrictions(aPropID)) {
default:
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(false, "should not be reached");
case 0:
return ParseVariant(aValue, variant, kwtable);
case CSS_PROPERTY_VALUE_NONNEGATIVE:
return ParseNonNegativeVariant(aValue, variant, kwtable);
case CSS_PROPERTY_VALUE_AT_LEAST_ONE:
return ParseOneOrLargerVariant(aValue, variant, kwtable);
}
}
// nsFont::EnumerateFamilies callback for ParseFontDescriptorValue
struct MOZ_STACK_CLASS ExtractFirstFamilyData {
nsAutoString mFamilyName;
bool mGood;
ExtractFirstFamilyData() : mFamilyName(), mGood(false) {}
};
static bool
ExtractFirstFamily(const nsString& aFamily,
bool aGeneric,
void* aData)
{
ExtractFirstFamilyData* realData = (ExtractFirstFamilyData*) aData;
if (aGeneric || realData->mFamilyName.Length() > 0) {
realData->mGood = false;
return false;
}
realData->mFamilyName.Assign(aFamily);
realData->mGood = true;
return true;
}
// font-descriptor: descriptor ':' value ';'
// caller has advanced mToken to point at the descriptor
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseFontDescriptorValue(nsCSSFontDesc aDescID,
nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
switch (aDescID) {
// These four are similar to the properties of the same name,
// possibly with more restrictions on the values they can take.
case eCSSFontDesc_Family: {
if (!ParseFamily(aValue) ||
aValue.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Families)
return false;
// the style parameters to the nsFont constructor are ignored,
// because it's only being used to call EnumerateFamilies
nsAutoString valueStr;
aValue.GetStringValue(valueStr);
nsFont font(valueStr, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
ExtractFirstFamilyData dat;
font.EnumerateFamilies(ExtractFirstFamily, (void*) &dat);
if (!dat.mGood)
return false;
aValue.SetStringValue(dat.mFamilyName, eCSSUnit_String);
return true;
}
case eCSSFontDesc_Style:
// property is VARIANT_HMK|VARIANT_SYSFONT
return ParseVariant(aValue, VARIANT_KEYWORD | VARIANT_NORMAL,
nsCSSProps::kFontStyleKTable);
case eCSSFontDesc_Weight:
return (ParseFontWeight(aValue) &&
aValue.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Inherit &&
aValue.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Initial &&
(aValue.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Enumerated ||
(aValue.GetIntValue() != NS_STYLE_FONT_WEIGHT_BOLDER &&
aValue.GetIntValue() != NS_STYLE_FONT_WEIGHT_LIGHTER)));
case eCSSFontDesc_Stretch:
// property is VARIANT_HK|VARIANT_SYSFONT
return ParseVariant(aValue, VARIANT_KEYWORD,
nsCSSProps::kFontStretchKTable);
// These two are unique to @font-face and have their own special grammar.
case eCSSFontDesc_Src:
return ParseFontSrc(aValue);
case eCSSFontDesc_UnicodeRange:
return ParseFontRanges(aValue);
case eCSSFontDesc_FontFeatureSettings:
return ParseFontFeatureSettings(aValue);
case eCSSFontDesc_FontLanguageOverride:
return ParseVariant(aValue, VARIANT_NORMAL | VARIANT_STRING, nullptr);
case eCSSFontDesc_UNKNOWN:
case eCSSFontDesc_COUNT:
NS_NOTREACHED("bad nsCSSFontDesc code");
}
// explicitly do NOT have a default case to let the compiler
// help find missing descriptors
return false;
}
void
CSSParserImpl::InitBoxPropsAsPhysical(const nsCSSProperty *aSourceProperties)
{
nsCSSValue physical(NS_BOXPROP_SOURCE_PHYSICAL, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
for (const nsCSSProperty *prop = aSourceProperties;
*prop != eCSSProperty_UNKNOWN; ++prop) {
AppendValue(*prop, physical);
}
}
static nsCSSValue
BoxPositionMaskToCSSValue(int32_t aMask, bool isX)
{
int32_t val = NS_STYLE_BG_POSITION_CENTER;
if (isX) {
if (aMask & BG_LEFT) {
val = NS_STYLE_BG_POSITION_LEFT;
}
else if (aMask & BG_RIGHT) {
val = NS_STYLE_BG_POSITION_RIGHT;
}
}
else {
if (aMask & BG_TOP) {
val = NS_STYLE_BG_POSITION_TOP;
}
else if (aMask & BG_BOTTOM) {
val = NS_STYLE_BG_POSITION_BOTTOM;
}
}
return nsCSSValue(val, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseBackground()
{
nsAutoParseCompoundProperty compound(this);
// background-color can only be set once, so it's not a list.
nsCSSValue color;
// Check first for inherit/initial.
if (ParseVariant(color, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) {
// must be alone
if (!ExpectEndProperty()) {
return false;
}
for (const nsCSSProperty* subprops =
nsCSSProps::SubpropertyEntryFor(eCSSProperty_background);
*subprops != eCSSProperty_UNKNOWN; ++subprops) {
AppendValue(*subprops, color);
}
return true;
}
nsCSSValue image, repeat, attachment, clip, origin, position, size;
BackgroundParseState state(color, image.SetListValue(),
repeat.SetPairListValue(),
attachment.SetListValue(), clip.SetListValue(),
origin.SetListValue(), position.SetListValue(),
size.SetPairListValue());
for (;;) {
if (!ParseBackgroundItem(state)) {
return false;
}
if (CheckEndProperty()) {
break;
}
// If we saw a color, this must be the last item.
if (color.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_Null) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectEndValue);
return false;
}
// Otherwise, a comma is mandatory.
if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) {
return false;
}
// Chain another entry on all the lists.
state.mImage->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
state.mImage = state.mImage->mNext;
state.mRepeat->mNext = new nsCSSValuePairList;
state.mRepeat = state.mRepeat->mNext;
state.mAttachment->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
state.mAttachment = state.mAttachment->mNext;
state.mClip->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
state.mClip = state.mClip->mNext;
state.mOrigin->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
state.mOrigin = state.mOrigin->mNext;
state.mPosition->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
state.mPosition = state.mPosition->mNext;
state.mSize->mNext = new nsCSSValuePairList;
state.mSize = state.mSize->mNext;
}
// If we get to this point without seeing a color, provide a default.
if (color.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Null) {
color.SetColorValue(NS_RGBA(0,0,0,0));
}
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_background_image, image);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_background_repeat, repeat);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_background_attachment, attachment);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_background_clip, clip);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_background_origin, origin);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_background_position, position);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_background_size, size);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_background_color, color);
return true;
}
// Parse one item of the background shorthand property.
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseBackgroundItem(CSSParserImpl::BackgroundParseState& aState)
{
// Fill in the values that the shorthand will set if we don't find
// other values.
aState.mImage->mValue.SetNoneValue();
aState.mRepeat->mXValue.SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_BG_REPEAT_REPEAT,
eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
aState.mRepeat->mYValue.Reset();
aState.mAttachment->mValue.SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_BG_ATTACHMENT_SCROLL,
eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
aState.mClip->mValue.SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_BG_CLIP_BORDER,
eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
aState.mOrigin->mValue.SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_BG_ORIGIN_PADDING,
eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
nsRefPtr<nsCSSValue::Array> positionArr = nsCSSValue::Array::Create(4);
aState.mPosition->mValue.SetArrayValue(positionArr, eCSSUnit_Array);
positionArr->Item(1).SetPercentValue(0.0f);
positionArr->Item(3).SetPercentValue(0.0f);
aState.mSize->mXValue.SetAutoValue();
aState.mSize->mYValue.SetAutoValue();
bool haveColor = false,
haveImage = false,
haveRepeat = false,
haveAttach = false,
havePositionAndSize = false,
haveOrigin = false,
haveSomething = false;
while (GetToken(true)) {
nsCSSTokenType tt = mToken.mType;
UngetToken(); // ...but we'll still cheat and use mToken
if (tt == eCSSToken_Symbol) {
// ExpectEndProperty only looks for symbols, and nothing else will
// show up as one.
break;
}
if (tt == eCSSToken_Ident) {
nsCSSKeyword keyword = nsCSSKeywords::LookupKeyword(mToken.mIdent);
int32_t dummy;
if (keyword == eCSSKeyword_inherit ||
keyword == eCSSKeyword_initial) {
return false;
} else if (keyword == eCSSKeyword_none) {
if (haveImage)
return false;
haveImage = true;
if (!ParseSingleValueProperty(aState.mImage->mValue,
eCSSProperty_background_image)) {
NS_NOTREACHED("should be able to parse");
return false;
}
} else if (nsCSSProps::FindKeyword(keyword,
nsCSSProps::kBackgroundAttachmentKTable, dummy)) {
if (haveAttach)
return false;
haveAttach = true;
if (!ParseSingleValueProperty(aState.mAttachment->mValue,
eCSSProperty_background_attachment)) {
NS_NOTREACHED("should be able to parse");
return false;
}
} else if (nsCSSProps::FindKeyword(keyword,
nsCSSProps::kBackgroundRepeatKTable, dummy)) {
if (haveRepeat)
return false;
haveRepeat = true;
nsCSSValuePair scratch;
if (!ParseBackgroundRepeatValues(scratch)) {
NS_NOTREACHED("should be able to parse");
return false;
}
aState.mRepeat->mXValue = scratch.mXValue;
aState.mRepeat->mYValue = scratch.mYValue;
} else if (nsCSSProps::FindKeyword(keyword,
nsCSSProps::kBackgroundPositionKTable, dummy)) {
if (havePositionAndSize)
return false;
havePositionAndSize = true;
if (!ParseBackgroundPositionValues(aState.mPosition->mValue, false)) {
return false;
}
if (ExpectSymbol('/', true)) {
nsCSSValuePair scratch;
if (!ParseBackgroundSizeValues(scratch)) {
return false;
}
aState.mSize->mXValue = scratch.mXValue;
aState.mSize->mYValue = scratch.mYValue;
}
} else if (nsCSSProps::FindKeyword(keyword,
nsCSSProps::kBackgroundOriginKTable, dummy)) {
if (haveOrigin)
return false;
haveOrigin = true;
if (!ParseSingleValueProperty(aState.mOrigin->mValue,
eCSSProperty_background_origin)) {
NS_NOTREACHED("should be able to parse");
return false;
}
// The spec allows a second box value (for background-clip),
// immediately following the first one (for background-origin).
// 'background-clip' and 'background-origin' use the same keyword table
MOZ_ASSERT(nsCSSProps::kKeywordTableTable[
eCSSProperty_background_origin] ==
nsCSSProps::kBackgroundOriginKTable);
MOZ_ASSERT(nsCSSProps::kKeywordTableTable[
eCSSProperty_background_clip] ==
nsCSSProps::kBackgroundOriginKTable);
static_assert(NS_STYLE_BG_CLIP_BORDER ==
NS_STYLE_BG_ORIGIN_BORDER &&
NS_STYLE_BG_CLIP_PADDING ==
NS_STYLE_BG_ORIGIN_PADDING &&
NS_STYLE_BG_CLIP_CONTENT ==
NS_STYLE_BG_ORIGIN_CONTENT,
"bg-clip and bg-origin style constants must agree");
if (!ParseSingleValueProperty(aState.mClip->mValue,
eCSSProperty_background_clip)) {
// When exactly one <box> value is set, it is used for both
// 'background-origin' and 'background-clip'.
// See assertions above showing these values are compatible.
aState.mClip->mValue = aState.mOrigin->mValue;
}
} else {
if (haveColor)
return false;
haveColor = true;
if (!ParseSingleValueProperty(aState.mColor,
eCSSProperty_background_color)) {
return false;
}
}
} else if (tt == eCSSToken_URL ||
(tt == eCSSToken_Function &&
(mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("linear-gradient") ||
mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("radial-gradient") ||
mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("repeating-linear-gradient") ||
mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("repeating-radial-gradient") ||
mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("-moz-linear-gradient") ||
mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("-moz-radial-gradient") ||
mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("-moz-repeating-linear-gradient") ||
mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("-moz-repeating-radial-gradient") ||
mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("-moz-image-rect") ||
mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("-moz-element")))) {
if (haveImage)
return false;
haveImage = true;
if (!ParseSingleValueProperty(aState.mImage->mValue,
eCSSProperty_background_image)) {
return false;
}
} else if (tt == eCSSToken_Dimension ||
tt == eCSSToken_Number ||
tt == eCSSToken_Percentage ||
(tt == eCSSToken_Function &&
(mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("calc") ||
mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("-moz-calc")))) {
if (havePositionAndSize)
return false;
havePositionAndSize = true;
if (!ParseBackgroundPositionValues(aState.mPosition->mValue, false)) {
return false;
}
if (ExpectSymbol('/', true)) {
nsCSSValuePair scratch;
if (!ParseBackgroundSizeValues(scratch)) {
return false;
}
aState.mSize->mXValue = scratch.mXValue;
aState.mSize->mYValue = scratch.mYValue;
}
} else {
if (haveColor)
return false;
haveColor = true;
// Note: This parses 'inherit' and 'initial', but
// we've already checked for them, so it's ok.
if (!ParseSingleValueProperty(aState.mColor,
eCSSProperty_background_color)) {
return false;
}
}
haveSomething = true;
}
return haveSomething;
}
// This function is very similar to ParseBackgroundPosition and
// ParseBackgroundSize.
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseValueList(nsCSSProperty aPropID)
{
// aPropID is a single value prop-id
nsCSSValue value;
if (ParseVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) {
// 'initial' and 'inherit' stand alone, no list permitted.
if (!ExpectEndProperty()) {
return false;
}
} else {
nsCSSValueList* item = value.SetListValue();
for (;;) {
if (!ParseSingleValueProperty(item->mValue, aPropID)) {
return false;
}
if (CheckEndProperty()) {
break;
}
if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) {
return false;
}
item->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
item = item->mNext;
}
}
AppendValue(aPropID, value);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseBackgroundRepeat()
{
nsCSSValue value;
if (ParseVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) {
// 'initial' and 'inherit' stand alone, no list permitted.
if (!ExpectEndProperty()) {
return false;
}
} else {
nsCSSValuePair valuePair;
if (!ParseBackgroundRepeatValues(valuePair)) {
return false;
}
nsCSSValuePairList* item = value.SetPairListValue();
for (;;) {
item->mXValue = valuePair.mXValue;
item->mYValue = valuePair.mYValue;
if (CheckEndProperty()) {
break;
}
if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) {
return false;
}
if (!ParseBackgroundRepeatValues(valuePair)) {
return false;
}
item->mNext = new nsCSSValuePairList;
item = item->mNext;
}
}
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_background_repeat, value);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseBackgroundRepeatValues(nsCSSValuePair& aValue)
{
nsCSSValue& xValue = aValue.mXValue;
nsCSSValue& yValue = aValue.mYValue;
if (ParseEnum(xValue, nsCSSProps::kBackgroundRepeatKTable)) {
int32_t value = xValue.GetIntValue();
// For single values set yValue as eCSSUnit_Null.
if (value == NS_STYLE_BG_REPEAT_REPEAT_X ||
value == NS_STYLE_BG_REPEAT_REPEAT_Y ||
!ParseEnum(yValue, nsCSSProps::kBackgroundRepeatPartKTable)) {
// the caller will fail cases like "repeat-x no-repeat"
// by expecting a list separator or an end property.
yValue.Reset();
}
return true;
}
return false;
}
// This function is very similar to ParseBackgroundList and ParseBackgroundSize.
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseBackgroundPosition()
{
nsCSSValue value;
if (ParseVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) {
// 'initial' and 'inherit' stand alone, no list permitted.
if (!ExpectEndProperty()) {
return false;
}
} else {
nsCSSValue itemValue;
if (!ParseBackgroundPositionValues(itemValue, false)) {
return false;
}
nsCSSValueList* item = value.SetListValue();
for (;;) {
item->mValue = itemValue;
if (CheckEndProperty()) {
break;
}
if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) {
return false;
}
if (!ParseBackgroundPositionValues(itemValue, false)) {
return false;
}
item->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
item = item->mNext;
}
}
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_background_position, value);
return true;
}
/**
* BoxPositionMaskToCSSValue and ParseBoxPositionValues are used
* for parsing the CSS 2.1 background-position syntax (which has at
* most two values). (Compare to the css3-background syntax which
* takes up to four values.) Some current CSS specifications that
* use background-position-like syntax still use this old syntax.
**
* Parses two values that correspond to positions in a box. These can be
* values corresponding to percentages of the box, raw offsets, or keywords
* like "top," "left center," etc.
*
* @param aOut The nsCSSValuePair in which to place the result.
* @param aAcceptsInherit If true, 'inherit' and 'initial' are legal values
* @param aAllowExplicitCenter If true, 'center' is a legal value
* @return Whether or not the operation succeeded.
*/
bool CSSParserImpl::ParseBoxPositionValues(nsCSSValuePair &aOut,
bool aAcceptsInherit,
bool aAllowExplicitCenter)
{
// First try a percentage or a length value
nsCSSValue &xValue = aOut.mXValue,
&yValue = aOut.mYValue;
int32_t variantMask =
(aAcceptsInherit ? VARIANT_INHERIT : 0) | VARIANT_LP | VARIANT_CALC;
if (ParseVariant(xValue, variantMask, nullptr)) {
if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == xValue.GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Initial == xValue.GetUnit()) { // both are inherited or both are set to initial
yValue = xValue;
return true;
}
// We have one percentage/length/calc. Get the optional second
// percentage/length/calc/keyword.
if (ParseVariant(yValue, VARIANT_LP | VARIANT_CALC, nullptr)) {
// We have two numbers
return true;
}
if (ParseEnum(yValue, nsCSSProps::kBackgroundPositionKTable)) {
int32_t yVal = yValue.GetIntValue();
if (!(yVal & BG_CTB)) {
// The second keyword can only be 'center', 'top', or 'bottom'
return false;
}
yValue = BoxPositionMaskToCSSValue(yVal, false);
return true;
}
// If only one percentage or length value is given, it sets the
// horizontal position only, and the vertical position will be 50%.
yValue.SetPercentValue(0.5f);
return true;
}
// Now try keywords. We do this manually to allow for the first
// appearance of "center" to apply to the either the x or y
// position (it's ambiguous so we have to disambiguate). Each
// allowed keyword value is assigned it's own bit. We don't allow
// any duplicate keywords other than center. We try to get two
// keywords but it's okay if there is only one.
int32_t mask = 0;
if (ParseEnum(xValue, nsCSSProps::kBackgroundPositionKTable)) {
int32_t bit = xValue.GetIntValue();
mask |= bit;
if (ParseEnum(xValue, nsCSSProps::kBackgroundPositionKTable)) {
bit = xValue.GetIntValue();
if (mask & (bit & ~BG_CENTER)) {
// Only the 'center' keyword can be duplicated.
return false;
}
mask |= bit;
}
else {
// Only one keyword. See if we have a length, percentage, or calc.
if (ParseVariant(yValue, VARIANT_LP | VARIANT_CALC, nullptr)) {
if (!(mask & BG_CLR)) {
// The first keyword can only be 'center', 'left', or 'right'
return false;
}
xValue = BoxPositionMaskToCSSValue(mask, true);
return true;
}
}
}
// Check for bad input. Bad input consists of no matching keywords,
// or pairs of x keywords or pairs of y keywords.
if ((mask == 0) || (mask == (BG_TOP | BG_BOTTOM)) ||
(mask == (BG_LEFT | BG_RIGHT)) ||
(!aAllowExplicitCenter && (mask & BG_CENTER))) {
return false;
}
// Create style values
xValue = BoxPositionMaskToCSSValue(mask, true);
yValue = BoxPositionMaskToCSSValue(mask, false);
return true;
}
bool CSSParserImpl::ParseBackgroundPositionValues(nsCSSValue& aOut,
bool aAcceptsInherit)
{
// css3-background allows positions to be defined as offsets
// from an edge. There can be 2 keywords and 2 offsets given. These
// four 'values' are stored in an array in the following order:
// [keyword offset keyword offset]. If a keyword or offset isn't
// parsed the value of the corresponding array element is set
// to eCSSUnit_Null by a call to nsCSSValue::Reset().
if (aAcceptsInherit && ParseVariant(aOut, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) {
return true;
}
nsRefPtr<nsCSSValue::Array> value = nsCSSValue::Array::Create(4);
aOut.SetArrayValue(value, eCSSUnit_Array);
// The following clarifies organisation of the array.
nsCSSValue &xEdge = value->Item(0),
&xOffset = value->Item(1),
&yEdge = value->Item(2),
&yOffset = value->Item(3);
// Parse all the values into the array.
uint32_t valueCount = 0;
for (int32_t i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
if (!ParseVariant(value->Item(i), VARIANT_LPCALC | VARIANT_KEYWORD,
nsCSSProps::kBackgroundPositionKTable)) {
break;
}
++valueCount;
}
switch (valueCount) {
case 4:
// "If three or four values are given, then each <percentage> or <length>
// represents an offset and must be preceded by a keyword, which specifies
// from which edge the offset is given."
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated != xEdge.GetUnit() ||
BG_CENTER == xEdge.GetIntValue() ||
eCSSUnit_Enumerated == xOffset.GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Enumerated != yEdge.GetUnit() ||
BG_CENTER == yEdge.GetIntValue() ||
eCSSUnit_Enumerated == yOffset.GetUnit()) {
return false;
}
break;
case 3:
// "If three or four values are given, then each <percentage> or<length>
// represents an offset and must be preceded by a keyword, which specifies
// from which edge the offset is given." ... "If three values are given,
// the missing offset is assumed to be zero."
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated != value->Item(1).GetUnit()) {
// keyword offset keyword
// Second value is non-keyword, thus first value must be a non-center
// keyword.
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated != value->Item(0).GetUnit() ||
BG_CENTER == value->Item(0).GetIntValue()) {
return false;
}
// Remaining value must be a keyword.
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated != value->Item(2).GetUnit()) {
return false;
}
yOffset.Reset(); // Everything else is in the correct position.
} else if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated != value->Item(2).GetUnit()) {
// keyword keyword offset
// Third value is non-keyword, thus second value must be non-center
// keyword.
if (BG_CENTER == value->Item(1).GetIntValue()) {
return false;
}
// Remaining value must be a keyword.
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated != value->Item(0).GetUnit()) {
return false;
}
// Move the values to the correct position in the array.
value->Item(3) = value->Item(2); // yOffset
value->Item(2) = value->Item(1); // yEdge
value->Item(1).Reset(); // xOffset
} else {
return false;
}
break;
case 2:
// "If two values are given and at least one value is not a keyword, then
// the first value represents the horizontal position (or offset) and the
// second represents the vertical position (or offset)"
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == value->Item(0).GetUnit()) {
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == value->Item(1).GetUnit()) {
// keyword keyword
value->Item(2) = value->Item(1); // move yEdge to correct position
xOffset.Reset();
yOffset.Reset();
} else {
// keyword offset
// First value must represent horizontal position.
if ((BG_TOP | BG_BOTTOM) & value->Item(0).GetIntValue()) {
return false;
}
value->Item(3) = value->Item(1); // move yOffset to correct position
xOffset.Reset();
yEdge.Reset();
}
} else {
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == value->Item(1).GetUnit()) {
// offset keyword
// Second value must represent vertical position.
if ((BG_LEFT | BG_RIGHT) & value->Item(1).GetIntValue()) {
return false;
}
value->Item(2) = value->Item(1); // move yEdge to correct position
value->Item(1) = value->Item(0); // move xOffset to correct position
xEdge.Reset();
yOffset.Reset();
} else {
// offset offset
value->Item(3) = value->Item(1); // move yOffset to correct position
value->Item(1) = value->Item(0); // move xOffset to correct position
xEdge.Reset();
yEdge.Reset();
}
}
break;
case 1:
// "If only one value is specified, the second value is assumed to be
// center."
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == value->Item(0).GetUnit()) {
xOffset.Reset();
} else {
value->Item(1) = value->Item(0); // move xOffset to correct position
xEdge.Reset();
}
yEdge.SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_BG_POSITION_CENTER, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
yOffset.Reset();
break;
default:
return false;
}
// For compatibility with CSS2.1 code the edges can be unspecified.
// Unspecified edges are recorded as NULL.
NS_ASSERTION((eCSSUnit_Enumerated == xEdge.GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Null == xEdge.GetUnit()) &&
(eCSSUnit_Enumerated == yEdge.GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Null == yEdge.GetUnit()) &&
eCSSUnit_Enumerated != xOffset.GetUnit() &&
eCSSUnit_Enumerated != yOffset.GetUnit(),
"Unexpected units");
// Keywords in first and second pairs can not both be vertical or
// horizontal keywords. (eg. left right, bottom top). Additionally,
// non-center keyword can not be duplicated (eg. left left).
int32_t xEdgeEnum =
xEdge.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated ? xEdge.GetIntValue() : 0;
int32_t yEdgeEnum =
yEdge.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated ? yEdge.GetIntValue() : 0;
if ((xEdgeEnum | yEdgeEnum) == (BG_LEFT | BG_RIGHT) ||
(xEdgeEnum | yEdgeEnum) == (BG_TOP | BG_BOTTOM) ||
(xEdgeEnum & yEdgeEnum & ~BG_CENTER)) {
return false;
}
// The values could be in an order that is different than expected.
// eg. x contains vertical information, y contains horizontal information.
// Swap if incorrect order.
if (xEdgeEnum & (BG_TOP | BG_BOTTOM) ||
yEdgeEnum & (BG_LEFT | BG_RIGHT)) {
nsCSSValue swapEdge = xEdge;
nsCSSValue swapOffset = xOffset;
xEdge = yEdge;
xOffset = yOffset;
yEdge = swapEdge;
yOffset = swapOffset;
}
return true;
}
// This function is very similar to ParseBackgroundList and
// ParseBackgroundPosition.
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseBackgroundSize()
{
nsCSSValue value;
if (ParseVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) {
// 'initial' and 'inherit' stand alone, no list permitted.
if (!ExpectEndProperty()) {
return false;
}
} else {
nsCSSValuePair valuePair;
if (!ParseBackgroundSizeValues(valuePair)) {
return false;
}
nsCSSValuePairList* item = value.SetPairListValue();
for (;;) {
item->mXValue = valuePair.mXValue;
item->mYValue = valuePair.mYValue;
if (CheckEndProperty()) {
break;
}
if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) {
return false;
}
if (!ParseBackgroundSizeValues(valuePair)) {
return false;
}
item->mNext = new nsCSSValuePairList;
item = item->mNext;
}
}
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_background_size, value);
return true;
}
/**
* Parses two values that correspond to lengths for the background-size
* property. These can be one or two lengths (or the 'auto' keyword) or
* percentages corresponding to the element's dimensions or the single keywords
* 'contain' or 'cover'. 'initial' and 'inherit' must be handled by the caller
* if desired.
*
* @param aOut The nsCSSValuePair in which to place the result.
* @return Whether or not the operation succeeded.
*/
#define BG_SIZE_VARIANT (VARIANT_LP | VARIANT_AUTO | VARIANT_CALC)
bool CSSParserImpl::ParseBackgroundSizeValues(nsCSSValuePair &aOut)
{
// First try a percentage or a length value
nsCSSValue &xValue = aOut.mXValue,
&yValue = aOut.mYValue;
if (ParseNonNegativeVariant(xValue, BG_SIZE_VARIANT, nullptr)) {
// We have one percentage/length/calc/auto. Get the optional second
// percentage/length/calc/keyword.
if (ParseNonNegativeVariant(yValue, BG_SIZE_VARIANT, nullptr)) {
// We have a second percentage/length/calc/auto.
return true;
}
// If only one percentage or length value is given, it sets the
// horizontal size only, and the vertical size will be as if by 'auto'.
yValue.SetAutoValue();
return true;
}
// Now address 'contain' and 'cover'.
if (!ParseEnum(xValue, nsCSSProps::kBackgroundSizeKTable))
return false;
yValue.Reset();
return true;
}
#undef BG_SIZE_VARIANT
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseBorderColor()
{
static const nsCSSProperty kBorderColorSources[] = {
eCSSProperty_border_left_color_ltr_source,
eCSSProperty_border_left_color_rtl_source,
eCSSProperty_border_right_color_ltr_source,
eCSSProperty_border_right_color_rtl_source,
eCSSProperty_UNKNOWN
};
// do this now, in case 4 values weren't specified
InitBoxPropsAsPhysical(kBorderColorSources);
return ParseBoxProperties(kBorderColorIDs);
}
void
CSSParserImpl::SetBorderImageInitialValues()
{
// border-image-source: none
nsCSSValue source;
source.SetNoneValue();
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_source, source);
// border-image-slice: 100%
nsCSSValue sliceBoxValue;
nsCSSRect& sliceBox = sliceBoxValue.SetRectValue();
sliceBox.SetAllSidesTo(nsCSSValue(1.0f, eCSSUnit_Percent));
nsCSSValue slice;
nsCSSValueList* sliceList = slice.SetListValue();
sliceList->mValue = sliceBoxValue;
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_slice, slice);
// border-image-width: 1
nsCSSValue width;
nsCSSRect& widthBox = width.SetRectValue();
widthBox.SetAllSidesTo(nsCSSValue(1.0f, eCSSUnit_Number));
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_width, width);
// border-image-outset: 0
nsCSSValue outset;
nsCSSRect& outsetBox = outset.SetRectValue();
outsetBox.SetAllSidesTo(nsCSSValue(0.0f, eCSSUnit_Number));
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_outset, outset);
// border-image-repeat: repeat
nsCSSValue repeat;
nsCSSValuePair repeatPair;
repeatPair.SetBothValuesTo(nsCSSValue(NS_STYLE_BORDER_IMAGE_REPEAT_STRETCH,
eCSSUnit_Enumerated));
repeat.SetPairValue(&repeatPair);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_repeat, repeat);
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseBorderImageSlice(bool aAcceptsInherit,
bool* aConsumedTokens)
{
// border-image-slice: initial | [<number>|<percentage>]{1,4} && fill?
nsCSSValue value;
if (aConsumedTokens) {
*aConsumedTokens = true;
}
if (aAcceptsInherit && ParseVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) {
// Keyword "inherit" can not be mixed, so we are done.
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_slice, value);
return true;
}
// Try parsing "fill" value.
nsCSSValue imageSliceFillValue;
bool hasFill = ParseEnum(imageSliceFillValue,
nsCSSProps::kBorderImageSliceKTable);
// Parse the box dimensions.
nsCSSValue imageSliceBoxValue;
if (!ParseGroupedBoxProperty(VARIANT_PN, imageSliceBoxValue)) {
if (!hasFill && aConsumedTokens) {
*aConsumedTokens = false;
}
return false;
}
// Try parsing "fill" keyword again if the first time failed because keyword
// and slice dimensions can be in any order.
if (!hasFill) {
hasFill = ParseEnum(imageSliceFillValue,
nsCSSProps::kBorderImageSliceKTable);
}
nsCSSValueList* borderImageSlice = value.SetListValue();
// Put the box value into the list.
borderImageSlice->mValue = imageSliceBoxValue;
if (hasFill) {
// Put the "fill" value into the list.
borderImageSlice->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
borderImageSlice->mNext->mValue = imageSliceFillValue;
}
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_slice, value);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseBorderImageWidth(bool aAcceptsInherit)
{
// border-image-width: initial | [<length>|<number>|<percentage>|auto]{1,4}
nsCSSValue value;
if (aAcceptsInherit && ParseVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) {
// Keyword "inherit" can no be mixed, so we are done.
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_width, value);
return true;
}
// Parse the box dimensions.
if (!ParseGroupedBoxProperty(VARIANT_ALPN, value)) {
return false;
}
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_width, value);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseBorderImageOutset(bool aAcceptsInherit)
{
// border-image-outset: initial | [<length>|<number>]{1,4}
nsCSSValue value;
if (aAcceptsInherit && ParseVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) {
// Keyword "inherit" can not be mixed, so we are done.
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_outset, value);
return true;
}
// Parse the box dimensions.
if (!ParseGroupedBoxProperty(VARIANT_LN, value)) {
return false;
}
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_outset, value);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseBorderImageRepeat(bool aAcceptsInherit)
{
nsCSSValue value;
if (aAcceptsInherit && ParseVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) {
// Keyword "inherit" can not be mixed, so we are done.
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_repeat, value);
return true;
}
nsCSSValuePair result;
if (!ParseEnum(result.mXValue, nsCSSProps::kBorderImageRepeatKTable)) {
return false;
}
// optional second keyword, defaults to first
if (!ParseEnum(result.mYValue, nsCSSProps::kBorderImageRepeatKTable)) {
result.mYValue = result.mXValue;
}
value.SetPairValue(&result);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_repeat, value);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseBorderImage()
{
nsAutoParseCompoundProperty compound(this);
// border-image: inherit | initial |
// <border-image-source> ||
// <border-image-slice>
// [ / <border-image-width> |
// / <border-image-width>? / <border-image-outset> ]? ||
// <border-image-repeat>
nsCSSValue value;
if (ParseVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) {
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_source, value);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_slice, value);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_width, value);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_outset, value);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_repeat, value);
// Keyword "inherit" (and "initial") can't be mixed, so we are done.
return true;
}
// No empty property.
if (CheckEndProperty()) {
return false;
}
// Shorthand properties are required to set everything they can.
SetBorderImageInitialValues();
bool foundSource = false;
bool foundSliceWidthOutset = false;
bool foundRepeat = false;
// This loop is used to handle the parsing of border-image properties which
// can appear in any order.
nsCSSValue imageSourceValue;
while (!CheckEndProperty()) {
// <border-image-source>
if (!foundSource && ParseVariant(imageSourceValue, VARIANT_UO, nullptr)) {
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_source, imageSourceValue);
foundSource = true;
continue;
}
// <border-image-slice>
// ParseBorderImageSlice is weird. It may consume tokens and then return
// false, because it parses a property with two required components that
// can appear in either order. Since the tokens that were consumed cannot
// parse as anything else we care about, this isn't a problem.
if (!foundSliceWidthOutset) {
bool sliceConsumedTokens = false;
if (ParseBorderImageSlice(false, &sliceConsumedTokens)) {
foundSliceWidthOutset = true;
// [ / <border-image-width>?
if (ExpectSymbol('/', true)) {
bool foundBorderImageWidth = ParseBorderImageWidth(false);
// [ / <border-image-outset>
if (ExpectSymbol('/', true)) {
if (!ParseBorderImageOutset(false)) {
return false;
}
} else if (!foundBorderImageWidth) {
// If this part has an trailing slash, the whole declaration is
// invalid.
return false;
}
}
continue;
} else {
// If we consumed some tokens for <border-image-slice> but did not
// successfully parse it, we have an error.
if (sliceConsumedTokens) {
return false;
}
}
}
// <border-image-repeat>
if (!foundRepeat && ParseBorderImageRepeat(false)) {
foundRepeat = true;
continue;
}
return false;
}
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseBorderSpacing()
{
nsCSSValue xValue, yValue;
if (!ParseNonNegativeVariant(xValue, VARIANT_HL | VARIANT_CALC, nullptr)) {
return false;
}
// If we have one length, get the optional second length.
// set the second value equal to the first.
if (xValue.IsLengthUnit() || xValue.IsCalcUnit()) {
ParseNonNegativeVariant(yValue, VARIANT_LENGTH | VARIANT_CALC, nullptr);
}
if (!ExpectEndProperty()) {
return false;
}
if (yValue == xValue || yValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Null) {
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_spacing, xValue);
} else {
nsCSSValue pair;
pair.SetPairValue(xValue, yValue);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_spacing, pair);
}
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseBorderSide(const nsCSSProperty aPropIDs[],
bool aSetAllSides)
{
const int32_t numProps = 3;
nsCSSValue values[numProps];
int32_t found = ParseChoice(values, aPropIDs, numProps);
if ((found < 1) || (false == ExpectEndProperty())) {
return false;
}
if ((found & 1) == 0) { // Provide default border-width
values[0].SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_BORDER_WIDTH_MEDIUM, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
}
if ((found & 2) == 0) { // Provide default border-style
values[1].SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_NONE, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
}
if ((found & 4) == 0) { // text color will be used
values[2].SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_COLOR_MOZ_USE_TEXT_COLOR, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
}
if (aSetAllSides) {
static const nsCSSProperty kBorderSources[] = {
eCSSProperty_border_left_color_ltr_source,
eCSSProperty_border_left_color_rtl_source,
eCSSProperty_border_right_color_ltr_source,
eCSSProperty_border_right_color_rtl_source,
eCSSProperty_border_left_style_ltr_source,
eCSSProperty_border_left_style_rtl_source,
eCSSProperty_border_right_style_ltr_source,
eCSSProperty_border_right_style_rtl_source,
eCSSProperty_border_left_width_ltr_source,
eCSSProperty_border_left_width_rtl_source,
eCSSProperty_border_right_width_ltr_source,
eCSSProperty_border_right_width_rtl_source,
eCSSProperty_UNKNOWN
};
InitBoxPropsAsPhysical(kBorderSources);
// Parsing "border" shorthand; set all four sides to the same thing
for (int32_t index = 0; index < 4; index++) {
NS_ASSERTION(numProps == 3, "This code needs updating");
AppendValue(kBorderWidthIDs[index], values[0]);
AppendValue(kBorderStyleIDs[index], values[1]);
AppendValue(kBorderColorIDs[index], values[2]);
}
static const nsCSSProperty kBorderColorsProps[] = {
eCSSProperty_border_top_colors,
eCSSProperty_border_right_colors,
eCSSProperty_border_bottom_colors,
eCSSProperty_border_left_colors
};
// Set the other properties that the border shorthand sets to their
// initial values.
nsCSSValue extraValue;
switch (values[0].GetUnit()) {
case eCSSUnit_Inherit:
case eCSSUnit_Initial:
extraValue = values[0];
// Set value of border-image properties to initial/inherit
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_source, extraValue);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_slice, extraValue);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_width, extraValue);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_outset, extraValue);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_border_image_repeat, extraValue);
break;
default:
extraValue.SetNoneValue();
SetBorderImageInitialValues();
break;
}
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES(side) {
AppendValue(kBorderColorsProps[side], extraValue);
}
}
else {
// Just set our one side
for (int32_t index = 0; index < numProps; index++) {
AppendValue(aPropIDs[index], values[index]);
}
}
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseDirectionalBorderSide(const nsCSSProperty aPropIDs[],
int32_t aSourceType)
{
const int32_t numProps = 3;
nsCSSValue values[numProps];
int32_t found = ParseChoice(values, aPropIDs, numProps);
if ((found < 1) || (false == ExpectEndProperty())) {
return false;
}
if ((found & 1) == 0) { // Provide default border-width
values[0].SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_BORDER_WIDTH_MEDIUM, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
}
if ((found & 2) == 0) { // Provide default border-style
values[1].SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_NONE, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
}
if ((found & 4) == 0) { // text color will be used
values[2].SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_COLOR_MOZ_USE_TEXT_COLOR, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
}
for (int32_t index = 0; index < numProps; index++) {
const nsCSSProperty* subprops =
nsCSSProps::SubpropertyEntryFor(aPropIDs[index + numProps]);
NS_ASSERTION(subprops[3] == eCSSProperty_UNKNOWN,
"not box property with physical vs. logical cascading");
AppendValue(subprops[0], values[index]);
nsCSSValue typeVal(aSourceType, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
AppendValue(subprops[1], typeVal);
AppendValue(subprops[2], typeVal);
}
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseBorderStyle()
{
static const nsCSSProperty kBorderStyleSources[] = {
eCSSProperty_border_left_style_ltr_source,
eCSSProperty_border_left_style_rtl_source,
eCSSProperty_border_right_style_ltr_source,
eCSSProperty_border_right_style_rtl_source,
eCSSProperty_UNKNOWN
};
// do this now, in case 4 values weren't specified
InitBoxPropsAsPhysical(kBorderStyleSources);
return ParseBoxProperties(kBorderStyleIDs);
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseBorderWidth()
{
static const nsCSSProperty kBorderWidthSources[] = {
eCSSProperty_border_left_width_ltr_source,
eCSSProperty_border_left_width_rtl_source,
eCSSProperty_border_right_width_ltr_source,
eCSSProperty_border_right_width_rtl_source,
eCSSProperty_UNKNOWN
};
// do this now, in case 4 values weren't specified
InitBoxPropsAsPhysical(kBorderWidthSources);
return ParseBoxProperties(kBorderWidthIDs);
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseBorderColors(nsCSSProperty aProperty)
{
nsCSSValue value;
if (ParseVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT | VARIANT_NONE, nullptr)) {
// 'inherit', 'initial', and 'none' are only allowed on their own
if (!ExpectEndProperty()) {
return false;
}
} else {
nsCSSValueList *cur = value.SetListValue();
for (;;) {
if (!ParseVariant(cur->mValue, VARIANT_COLOR | VARIANT_KEYWORD,
nsCSSProps::kBorderColorKTable)) {
return false;
}
if (CheckEndProperty()) {
break;
}
cur->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
cur = cur->mNext;
}
}
AppendValue(aProperty, value);
return true;
}
// Parse the top level of a calc() expression.
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseCalc(nsCSSValue &aValue, int32_t aVariantMask)
{
// Parsing calc expressions requires, in a number of cases, looking
// for a token that is *either* a value of the property or a number.
// This can be done without lookahead when we assume that the property
// values cannot themselves be numbers.
NS_ASSERTION(!(aVariantMask & VARIANT_NUMBER), "unexpected variant mask");
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(aVariantMask != 0, "unexpected variant mask");
bool oldUnitlessLengthQuirk = mUnitlessLengthQuirk;
mUnitlessLengthQuirk = false;
// One-iteration loop so we can break to the error-handling case.
do {
// The toplevel of a calc() is always an nsCSSValue::Array of length 1.
nsRefPtr<nsCSSValue::Array> arr = nsCSSValue::Array::Create(1);
if (!ParseCalcAdditiveExpression(arr->Item(0), aVariantMask))
break;
if (!ExpectSymbol(')', true))
break;
aValue.SetArrayValue(arr, eCSSUnit_Calc);
mUnitlessLengthQuirk = oldUnitlessLengthQuirk;
return true;
} while (false);
SkipUntil(')');
mUnitlessLengthQuirk = oldUnitlessLengthQuirk;
return false;
}
// We optimize away the <value-expression> production given that
// ParseVariant consumes initial whitespace and we call
// ExpectSymbol(')') with true for aSkipWS.
// * If aVariantMask is VARIANT_NUMBER, this function parses the
// <number-additive-expression> production.
// * If aVariantMask does not contain VARIANT_NUMBER, this function
// parses the <value-additive-expression> production.
// * Otherwise (VARIANT_NUMBER and other bits) this function parses
// whichever one of the productions matches ***and modifies
// aVariantMask*** to reflect which one it has parsed by either
// removing VARIANT_NUMBER or removing all other bits.
// It does so iteratively, but builds the correct recursive
// data structure.
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseCalcAdditiveExpression(nsCSSValue& aValue,
int32_t& aVariantMask)
{
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(aVariantMask != 0, "unexpected variant mask");
nsCSSValue *storage = &aValue;
for (;;) {
bool haveWS;
if (!ParseCalcMultiplicativeExpression(*storage, aVariantMask, &haveWS))
return false;
if (!haveWS || !GetToken(false))
return true;
nsCSSUnit unit;
if (mToken.IsSymbol('+')) {
unit = eCSSUnit_Calc_Plus;
} else if (mToken.IsSymbol('-')) {
unit = eCSSUnit_Calc_Minus;
} else {
UngetToken();
return true;
}
if (!RequireWhitespace())
return false;
nsRefPtr<nsCSSValue::Array> arr = nsCSSValue::Array::Create(2);
arr->Item(0) = aValue;
storage = &arr->Item(1);
aValue.SetArrayValue(arr, unit);
}
}
struct ReduceNumberCalcOps : public mozilla::css::BasicFloatCalcOps,
public mozilla::css::CSSValueInputCalcOps
{
result_type ComputeLeafValue(const nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Number, "unexpected unit");
return aValue.GetFloatValue();
}
float ComputeNumber(const nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
return mozilla::css::ComputeCalc(aValue, *this);
}
};
// * If aVariantMask is VARIANT_NUMBER, this function parses the
// <number-multiplicative-expression> production.
// * If aVariantMask does not contain VARIANT_NUMBER, this function
// parses the <value-multiplicative-expression> production.
// * Otherwise (VARIANT_NUMBER and other bits) this function parses
// whichever one of the productions matches ***and modifies
// aVariantMask*** to reflect which one it has parsed by either
// removing VARIANT_NUMBER or removing all other bits.
// It does so iteratively, but builds the correct recursive data
// structure.
// This function always consumes *trailing* whitespace when it returns
// true; whether there was any such whitespace is returned in the
// aHadFinalWS parameter.
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseCalcMultiplicativeExpression(nsCSSValue& aValue,
int32_t& aVariantMask,
bool *aHadFinalWS)
{
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(aVariantMask != 0, "unexpected variant mask");
bool gotValue = false; // already got the part with the unit
bool afterDivision = false;
nsCSSValue *storage = &aValue;
for (;;) {
int32_t variantMask;
if (afterDivision || gotValue) {
variantMask = VARIANT_NUMBER;
} else {
variantMask = aVariantMask | VARIANT_NUMBER;
}
if (!ParseCalcTerm(*storage, variantMask))
return false;
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(variantMask != 0,
"ParseCalcTerm did not set variantMask appropriately");
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(!(variantMask & VARIANT_NUMBER) ||
!(variantMask & ~int32_t(VARIANT_NUMBER)),
"ParseCalcTerm did not set variantMask appropriately");
if (variantMask & VARIANT_NUMBER) {
// Simplify the value immediately so we can check for division by
// zero.
ReduceNumberCalcOps ops;
float number = mozilla::css::ComputeCalc(*storage, ops);
if (number == 0.0 && afterDivision)
return false;
storage->SetFloatValue(number, eCSSUnit_Number);
} else {
gotValue = true;
if (storage != &aValue) {
// Simplify any numbers in the Times_L position (which are
// not simplified by the check above).
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(storage == &aValue.GetArrayValue()->Item(1),
"unexpected relationship to current storage");
nsCSSValue &leftValue = aValue.GetArrayValue()->Item(0);
ReduceNumberCalcOps ops;
float number = mozilla::css::ComputeCalc(leftValue, ops);
leftValue.SetFloatValue(number, eCSSUnit_Number);
}
}
bool hadWS = RequireWhitespace();
if (!GetToken(false)) {
*aHadFinalWS = hadWS;
break;
}
nsCSSUnit unit;
if (mToken.IsSymbol('*')) {
unit = gotValue ? eCSSUnit_Calc_Times_R : eCSSUnit_Calc_Times_L;
afterDivision = false;
} else if (mToken.IsSymbol('/')) {
unit = eCSSUnit_Calc_Divided;
afterDivision = true;
} else {
UngetToken();
*aHadFinalWS = hadWS;
break;
}
nsRefPtr<nsCSSValue::Array> arr = nsCSSValue::Array::Create(2);
arr->Item(0) = aValue;
storage = &arr->Item(1);
aValue.SetArrayValue(arr, unit);
}
// Adjust aVariantMask (see comments above function) to reflect which
// option we took.
if (aVariantMask & VARIANT_NUMBER) {
if (gotValue) {
aVariantMask &= ~int32_t(VARIANT_NUMBER);
} else {
aVariantMask = VARIANT_NUMBER;
}
} else {
if (!gotValue) {
// We had to find a value, but we didn't.
return false;
}
}
return true;
}
// * If aVariantMask is VARIANT_NUMBER, this function parses the
// <number-term> production.
// * If aVariantMask does not contain VARIANT_NUMBER, this function
// parses the <value-term> production.
// * Otherwise (VARIANT_NUMBER and other bits) this function parses
// whichever one of the productions matches ***and modifies
// aVariantMask*** to reflect which one it has parsed by either
// removing VARIANT_NUMBER or removing all other bits.
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseCalcTerm(nsCSSValue& aValue, int32_t& aVariantMask)
{
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(aVariantMask != 0, "unexpected variant mask");
if (!GetToken(true))
return false;
// Either an additive expression in parentheses...
if (mToken.IsSymbol('(')) {
if (!ParseCalcAdditiveExpression(aValue, aVariantMask) ||
!ExpectSymbol(')', true)) {
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
return true;
}
// ... or just a value
UngetToken();
// Always pass VARIANT_NUMBER to ParseVariant so that unitless zero
// always gets picked up
if (!ParseVariant(aValue, aVariantMask | VARIANT_NUMBER, nullptr)) {
return false;
}
// ...and do the VARIANT_NUMBER check ourselves.
if (!(aVariantMask & VARIANT_NUMBER) && aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Number) {
return false;
}
// If we did the value parsing, we need to adjust aVariantMask to
// reflect which option we took (see above).
if (aVariantMask & VARIANT_NUMBER) {
if (aValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Number) {
aVariantMask = VARIANT_NUMBER;
} else {
aVariantMask &= ~int32_t(VARIANT_NUMBER);
}
}
return true;
}
// This function consumes all consecutive whitespace and returns whether
// there was any.
bool
CSSParserImpl::RequireWhitespace()
{
if (!GetToken(false))
return false;
if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Whitespace) {
UngetToken();
return false;
}
// Skip any additional whitespace tokens.
if (GetToken(true)) {
UngetToken();
}
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseRect(nsCSSProperty aPropID)
{
if (! GetToken(true)) {
return false;
}
nsCSSValue val;
if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Ident) {
nsCSSKeyword keyword = nsCSSKeywords::LookupKeyword(mToken.mIdent);
switch (keyword) {
case eCSSKeyword_auto:
if (!ExpectEndProperty()) {
return false;
}
val.SetAutoValue();
break;
case eCSSKeyword_inherit:
if (!ExpectEndProperty()) {
return false;
}
val.SetInheritValue();
break;
case eCSSKeyword_initial:
if (!ExpectEndProperty()) {
return false;
}
val.SetInitialValue();
break;
default:
UngetToken();
return false;
}
} else if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Function &&
mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("rect")) {
nsCSSRect& rect = val.SetRectValue();
bool useCommas;
NS_FOR_CSS_SIDES(side) {
if (! ParseVariant(rect.*(nsCSSRect::sides[side]),
VARIANT_AL, nullptr)) {
return false;
}
if (side == 0) {
useCommas = ExpectSymbol(',', true);
} else if (useCommas && side < 3) {
// Skip optional commas between elements, but only if the first
// separator was a comma.
if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) {
return false;
}
}
}
if (!ExpectSymbol(')', true)) {
return false;
}
if (!ExpectEndProperty()) {
return false;
}
} else {
UngetToken();
return false;
}
AppendValue(aPropID, val);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseColumns()
{
// We use a similar "fake value" hack to ParseListStyle, because
// "auto" is acceptable for both column-count and column-width.
// If the fake "auto" value is found, and one of the real values isn't,
// that means the fake auto value is meant for the real value we didn't
// find.
static const nsCSSProperty columnIDs[] = {
eCSSPropertyExtra_x_auto_value,
eCSSProperty__moz_column_count,
eCSSProperty__moz_column_width
};
const int32_t numProps = NS_ARRAY_LENGTH(columnIDs);
nsCSSValue values[numProps];
int32_t found = ParseChoice(values, columnIDs, numProps);
if (found < 1 || !ExpectEndProperty()) {
return false;
}
if ((found & (1|2|4)) == (1|2|4) &&
values[0].GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Auto) {
// We filled all 3 values, which is invalid
return false;
}
if ((found & 2) == 0) {
// Provide auto column-count
values[1].SetAutoValue();
}
if ((found & 4) == 0) {
// Provide auto column-width
values[2].SetAutoValue();
}
// Start at index 1 to skip the fake auto value.
for (int32_t index = 1; index < numProps; index++) {
AppendValue(columnIDs[index], values[index]);
}
return true;
}
#define VARIANT_CONTENT (VARIANT_STRING | VARIANT_URL | VARIANT_COUNTER | VARIANT_ATTR | \
VARIANT_KEYWORD)
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseContent()
{
// We need to divide the 'content' keywords into two classes for
// ParseVariant's sake, so we can't just use nsCSSProps::kContentKTable.
static const int32_t kContentListKWs[] = {
eCSSKeyword_open_quote, NS_STYLE_CONTENT_OPEN_QUOTE,
eCSSKeyword_close_quote, NS_STYLE_CONTENT_CLOSE_QUOTE,
eCSSKeyword_no_open_quote, NS_STYLE_CONTENT_NO_OPEN_QUOTE,
eCSSKeyword_no_close_quote, NS_STYLE_CONTENT_NO_CLOSE_QUOTE,
eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN,-1
};
static const int32_t kContentSolitaryKWs[] = {
eCSSKeyword__moz_alt_content, NS_STYLE_CONTENT_ALT_CONTENT,
eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN,-1
};
// Verify that these two lists add up to the size of
// nsCSSProps::kContentKTable.
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(nsCSSProps::kContentKTable[
ArrayLength(kContentListKWs) +
ArrayLength(kContentSolitaryKWs) - 4] ==
eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN &&
nsCSSProps::kContentKTable[
ArrayLength(kContentListKWs) +
ArrayLength(kContentSolitaryKWs) - 3] == -1,
"content keyword tables out of sync");
nsCSSValue value;
if (ParseVariant(value, VARIANT_HMK | VARIANT_NONE,
kContentSolitaryKWs)) {
// 'inherit', 'initial', 'normal', 'none', and 'alt-content' must be alone
if (!ExpectEndProperty()) {
return false;
}
} else {
nsCSSValueList* cur = value.SetListValue();
for (;;) {
if (!ParseVariant(cur->mValue, VARIANT_CONTENT, kContentListKWs)) {
return false;
}
if (CheckEndProperty()) {
break;
}
cur->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
cur = cur->mNext;
}
}
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_content, value);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseCounterData(nsCSSProperty aPropID)
{
nsCSSValue value;
if (!ParseVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT | VARIANT_NONE, nullptr)) {
if (!GetToken(true) || mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Ident) {
return false;
}
nsCSSValuePairList *cur = value.SetPairListValue();
for (;;) {
cur->mXValue.SetStringValue(mToken.mIdent, eCSSUnit_Ident);
if (!GetToken(true)) {
break;
}
if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Number && mToken.mIntegerValid) {
cur->mYValue.SetIntValue(mToken.mInteger, eCSSUnit_Integer);
} else {
UngetToken();
}
if (CheckEndProperty()) {
break;
}
if (!GetToken(true) || mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Ident) {
return false;
}
cur->mNext = new nsCSSValuePairList;
cur = cur->mNext;
}
}
AppendValue(aPropID, value);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseCursor()
{
nsCSSValue value;
if (ParseVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) {
// 'inherit' and 'initial' must be alone
if (!ExpectEndProperty()) {
return false;
}
} else {
nsCSSValueList* cur = value.SetListValue();
for (;;) {
if (!ParseVariant(cur->mValue, VARIANT_UK, nsCSSProps::kCursorKTable)) {
return false;
}
if (cur->mValue.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_URL) { // keyword must be last
if (ExpectEndProperty()) {
break;
}
return false;
}
// We have a URL, so make a value array with three values.
nsRefPtr<nsCSSValue::Array> val = nsCSSValue::Array::Create(3);
val->Item(0) = cur->mValue;
// Parse optional x and y position of cursor hotspot (css3-ui).
if (ParseVariant(val->Item(1), VARIANT_NUMBER, nullptr)) {
// If we have one number, we must have two.
if (!ParseVariant(val->Item(2), VARIANT_NUMBER, nullptr)) {
return false;
}
}
cur->mValue.SetArrayValue(val, eCSSUnit_Array);
if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) { // url must not be last
return false;
}
cur->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
cur = cur->mNext;
}
}
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_cursor, value);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseFont()
{
static const nsCSSProperty fontIDs[] = {
eCSSProperty_font_style,
eCSSProperty_font_variant,
eCSSProperty_font_weight
};
nsCSSValue family;
if (ParseVariant(family, VARIANT_HK, nsCSSProps::kFontKTable)) {
if (ExpectEndProperty()) {
if (eCSSUnit_Inherit == family.GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Initial == family.GetUnit()) {
AppendValue(eCSSProperty__x_system_font, nsCSSValue(eCSSUnit_None));
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_family, family);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_style, family);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant, family);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_weight, family);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_size, family);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_line_height, family);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_stretch, family);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_size_adjust, family);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_feature_settings, family);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_language_override, family);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_kerning, family);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_synthesis, family);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_alternates, family);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_caps, family);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_east_asian, family);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_ligatures, family);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_numeric, family);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_position, family);
}
else {
AppendValue(eCSSProperty__x_system_font, family);
nsCSSValue systemFont(eCSSUnit_System_Font);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_family, systemFont);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_style, systemFont);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant, systemFont);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_weight, systemFont);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_size, systemFont);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_line_height, systemFont);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_stretch, systemFont);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_size_adjust, systemFont);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_feature_settings, systemFont);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_language_override, systemFont);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_kerning, systemFont);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_synthesis, systemFont);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_alternates, systemFont);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_caps, systemFont);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_east_asian, systemFont);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_ligatures, systemFont);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_numeric, systemFont);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_position, systemFont);
}
return true;
}
return false;
}
// Get optional font-style, font-variant and font-weight (in any order)
const int32_t numProps = 3;
nsCSSValue values[numProps];
int32_t found = ParseChoice(values, fontIDs, numProps);
if ((found < 0) || (eCSSUnit_Inherit == values[0].GetUnit()) ||
(eCSSUnit_Initial == values[0].GetUnit())) { // illegal data
return false;
}
if ((found & 1) == 0) {
// Provide default font-style
values[0].SetIntValue(NS_FONT_STYLE_NORMAL, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
}
if ((found & 2) == 0) {
// Provide default font-variant
values[1].SetIntValue(NS_FONT_VARIANT_NORMAL, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
}
if ((found & 4) == 0) {
// Provide default font-weight
values[2].SetIntValue(NS_FONT_WEIGHT_NORMAL, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
}
// Get mandatory font-size
nsCSSValue size;
if (! ParseNonNegativeVariant(size, VARIANT_KEYWORD | VARIANT_LP,
nsCSSProps::kFontSizeKTable)) {
return false;
}
// Get optional "/" line-height
nsCSSValue lineHeight;
if (ExpectSymbol('/', true)) {
if (! ParseNonNegativeVariant(lineHeight,
VARIANT_NUMBER | VARIANT_LP | VARIANT_NORMAL,
nullptr)) {
return false;
}
}
else {
lineHeight.SetNormalValue();
}
// Get final mandatory font-family
nsAutoParseCompoundProperty compound(this);
if (ParseFamily(family)) {
if ((eCSSUnit_Inherit != family.GetUnit()) && (eCSSUnit_Initial != family.GetUnit()) &&
ExpectEndProperty()) {
AppendValue(eCSSProperty__x_system_font, nsCSSValue(eCSSUnit_None));
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_family, family);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_style, values[0]);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant, values[1]);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_weight, values[2]);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_size, size);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_line_height, lineHeight);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_stretch,
nsCSSValue(NS_FONT_STRETCH_NORMAL, eCSSUnit_Enumerated));
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_size_adjust, nsCSSValue(eCSSUnit_None));
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_feature_settings, nsCSSValue(eCSSUnit_Normal));
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_language_override, nsCSSValue(eCSSUnit_Normal));
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_kerning,
nsCSSValue(NS_FONT_KERNING_AUTO, eCSSUnit_Enumerated));
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_synthesis,
nsCSSValue(NS_FONT_SYNTHESIS_WEIGHT | NS_FONT_SYNTHESIS_STYLE,
eCSSUnit_Enumerated));
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_alternates,
nsCSSValue(eCSSUnit_Normal));
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_caps, nsCSSValue(eCSSUnit_Normal));
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_east_asian,
nsCSSValue(eCSSUnit_Normal));
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_ligatures,
nsCSSValue(eCSSUnit_Normal));
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_numeric,
nsCSSValue(eCSSUnit_Normal));
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_font_variant_position,
nsCSSValue(eCSSUnit_Normal));
return true;
}
}
return false;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseFontSynthesis(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
if (!ParseVariant(aValue, VARIANT_HK | VARIANT_NONE,
nsCSSProps::kFontSynthesisKTable)) {
return false;
}
// first value 'none' ==> done
if (eCSSUnit_None == aValue.GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Initial == aValue.GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Inherit == aValue.GetUnit())
{
return true;
}
// look for a second value
int32_t intValue = aValue.GetIntValue();
nsCSSValue nextValue;
if (ParseEnum(nextValue, nsCSSProps::kFontSynthesisKTable)) {
int32_t nextIntValue = nextValue.GetIntValue();
if (nextIntValue & intValue) {
return false;
}
aValue.SetIntValue(nextIntValue | intValue, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
}
return true;
}
// font-variant-alternates allows for a combination of multiple
// simple enumerated values and functional values. Functional values have
// parameter lists with one or more idents which are later resolved
// based on values defined in @font-feature-value rules.
//
// font-variant-alternates: swash(flowing), historical-forms, styleset(alt-g, alt-m);
//
// So for this the nsCSSValue is set to a pair value, with one
// value for a bitmask of both simple and functional property values
// and another value containing a ValuePairList with lists of idents
// for each functional property value.
//
// pairValue
// o intValue
// NS_FONT_VARIANT_ALTERNATES_SWASH |
// NS_FONT_VARIANT_ALTERNATES_STYLESET
// o valuePairList, each element with
// - intValue - indicates which alternate
// - string or valueList of strings
//
// Note: when only 'historical-forms' is specified, there are no
// functional values to store, in which case the valuePairList is a
// single element dummy list. In all other cases, the length of the
// list will match the number of functional values.
#define MAX_ALLOWED_FEATURES 512
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseSingleAlternate(int32_t& aWhichFeature,
nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
if (!GetToken(true)) {
return false;
}
bool isIdent = (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Ident);
if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Function && !isIdent) {
UngetToken();
return false;
}
// ident ==> simple enumerated prop val (e.g. historical-forms)
// function ==> e.g. swash(flowing) styleset(alt-g, alt-m)
nsCSSKeyword keyword = nsCSSKeywords::LookupKeyword(mToken.mIdent);
if (!(eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN < keyword &&
nsCSSProps::FindKeyword(keyword,
(isIdent ?
nsCSSProps::kFontVariantAlternatesKTable :
nsCSSProps::kFontVariantAlternatesFuncsKTable),
aWhichFeature)))
{
// failed, pop token
UngetToken();
return false;
}
if (isIdent) {
aValue.SetIntValue(aWhichFeature, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
return true;
}
uint16_t maxElems = 1;
if (keyword == eCSSKeyword_styleset ||
keyword == eCSSKeyword_character_variant) {
maxElems = MAX_ALLOWED_FEATURES;
}
return ParseFunction(keyword, nullptr, VARIANT_IDENTIFIER,
1, maxElems, aValue);
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseFontVariantAlternates(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
if (ParseVariant(aValue, VARIANT_INHERIT | VARIANT_NORMAL, nullptr)) {
return true;
}
// iterate through parameters
nsCSSValue listValue;
int32_t feature, featureFlags = 0;
// if no functional values, this may be a list with a single, unused element
listValue.SetListValue();
nsCSSValueList* list = nullptr;
nsCSSValue value;
while (ParseSingleAlternate(feature, value)) {
// check to make sure value not already set
if (feature == 0 ||
feature & featureFlags) {
return false;
}
featureFlags |= feature;
// if function, need to add to the list of functions
if (value.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Function) {
if (!list) {
list = listValue.GetListValue();
} else {
list->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
list = list->mNext;
}
list->mValue = value;
}
}
nsCSSValue featureValue;
featureValue.SetIntValue(featureFlags, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
aValue.SetPairValue(featureValue, listValue);
return true;
}
#define MASK_END_VALUE -1
// aMasks - array of masks for mutually-exclusive property values,
// e.g. proportial-nums, tabular-nums
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseBitmaskValues(nsCSSValue& aValue,
const int32_t aKeywordTable[],
const int32_t aMasks[])
{
if (!ParseVariant(aValue, VARIANT_HMK, aKeywordTable)) {
return false;
}
// first value 'normal', 'inherit', 'initial' ==> done
if (eCSSUnit_Normal == aValue.GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Initial == aValue.GetUnit() ||
eCSSUnit_Inherit == aValue.GetUnit())
{
return true;
}
// look for more values
nsCSSValue nextValue;
int32_t mergedValue = aValue.GetIntValue();
while (ParseEnum(nextValue, aKeywordTable))
{
int32_t nextIntValue = nextValue.GetIntValue();
// check to make sure value not already set
if (nextIntValue & mergedValue) {
return false;
}
const int32_t *m = aMasks;
int32_t c = 0;
while (*m != MASK_END_VALUE) {
if (*m & nextIntValue) {
c = mergedValue & *m;
break;
}
m++;
}
if (c) {
return false;
}
mergedValue |= nextIntValue;
}
aValue.SetIntValue(mergedValue, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
return true;
}
static const int32_t maskEastAsian[] = {
NS_FONT_VARIANT_EAST_ASIAN_VARIANT_MASK,
NS_FONT_VARIANT_EAST_ASIAN_WIDTH_MASK,
MASK_END_VALUE
};
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseFontVariantEastAsian(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
NS_ASSERTION(maskEastAsian[NS_ARRAY_LENGTH(maskEastAsian) - 1] ==
MASK_END_VALUE,
"incorrectly terminated array");
return ParseBitmaskValues(aValue, nsCSSProps::kFontVariantEastAsianKTable,
maskEastAsian);
}
static const int32_t maskLigatures[] = {
NS_FONT_VARIANT_LIGATURES_COMMON_MASK,
NS_FONT_VARIANT_LIGATURES_DISCRETIONARY_MASK,
NS_FONT_VARIANT_LIGATURES_HISTORICAL_MASK,
NS_FONT_VARIANT_LIGATURES_CONTEXTUAL_MASK,
MASK_END_VALUE
};
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseFontVariantLigatures(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
NS_ASSERTION(maskLigatures[NS_ARRAY_LENGTH(maskLigatures) - 1] ==
MASK_END_VALUE,
"incorrectly terminated array");
return ParseBitmaskValues(aValue, nsCSSProps::kFontVariantLigaturesKTable,
maskLigatures);
}
static const int32_t maskNumeric[] = {
NS_FONT_VARIANT_NUMERIC_FIGURE_MASK,
NS_FONT_VARIANT_NUMERIC_SPACING_MASK,
NS_FONT_VARIANT_NUMERIC_FRACTION_MASK,
MASK_END_VALUE
};
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseFontVariantNumeric(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
NS_ASSERTION(maskNumeric[NS_ARRAY_LENGTH(maskNumeric) - 1] ==
MASK_END_VALUE,
"incorrectly terminated array");
return ParseBitmaskValues(aValue, nsCSSProps::kFontVariantNumericKTable,
maskNumeric);
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseFontWeight(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
if (ParseVariant(aValue, VARIANT_HKI | VARIANT_SYSFONT,
nsCSSProps::kFontWeightKTable)) {
if (eCSSUnit_Integer == aValue.GetUnit()) { // ensure unit value
int32_t intValue = aValue.GetIntValue();
if ((100 <= intValue) &&
(intValue <= 900) &&
(0 == (intValue % 100))) {
return true;
} else {
UngetToken();
return false;
}
}
return true;
}
return false;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseOneFamily(nsAString& aFamily, bool& aOneKeyword)
{
if (!GetToken(true))
return false;
nsCSSToken* tk = &mToken;
aOneKeyword = false;
if (eCSSToken_Ident == tk->mType) {
aOneKeyword = true;
aFamily.Append(tk->mIdent);
for (;;) {
if (!GetToken(false))
break;
if (eCSSToken_Ident == tk->mType) {
aOneKeyword = false;
// We had at least another keyword before.
// "If a sequence of identifiers is given as a font family name,
// the computed value is the name converted to a string by joining
// all the identifiers in the sequence by single spaces."
// -- CSS 2.1, section 15.3
// Whitespace tokens do not actually matter,
// identifier tokens can be separated by comments.
aFamily.Append(PRUnichar(' '));
aFamily.Append(tk->mIdent);
} else if (eCSSToken_Whitespace != tk->mType) {
UngetToken();
break;
}
}
return true;
} else if (eCSSToken_String == tk->mType) {
aFamily.Append(tk->mSymbol); // replace the quotes
aFamily.Append(tk->mIdent); // XXX What if it had escaped quotes?
aFamily.Append(tk->mSymbol);
return true;
} else {
UngetToken();
return false;
}
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseFamily(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
nsAutoString family;
bool single;
// keywords only have meaning in the first position
if (!ParseOneFamily(family, single))
return false;
// check for keywords, but only when keywords appear by themselves
// i.e. not in compounds such as font-family: default blah;
if (single) {
nsCSSKeyword keyword = nsCSSKeywords::LookupKeyword(family);
if (keyword == eCSSKeyword_inherit) {
aValue.SetInheritValue();
return true;
}
// 605231 - don't parse unquoted 'default' reserved keyword
if (keyword == eCSSKeyword_default) {
return false;
}
if (keyword == eCSSKeyword_initial) {
aValue.SetInitialValue();
return true;
}
if (keyword == eCSSKeyword__moz_use_system_font &&
!IsParsingCompoundProperty()) {
aValue.SetSystemFontValue();
return true;
}
}
for (;;) {
if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true))
break;
family.Append(PRUnichar(','));
nsAutoString nextFamily;
if (!ParseOneFamily(nextFamily, single))
return false;
// at this point unquoted keywords are not allowed
// as font family names but can appear within names
if (single) {
nsCSSKeyword keyword = nsCSSKeywords::LookupKeyword(nextFamily);
switch (keyword) {
case eCSSKeyword_inherit:
case eCSSKeyword_initial:
case eCSSKeyword_default:
case eCSSKeyword__moz_use_system_font:
return false;
default:
break;
}
}
family.Append(nextFamily);
}
if (family.IsEmpty()) {
return false;
}
aValue.SetStringValue(family, eCSSUnit_Families);
return true;
}
// src: ( uri-src | local-src ) (',' ( uri-src | local-src ) )*
// uri-src: uri [ 'format(' string ( ',' string )* ')' ]
// local-src: 'local(' ( string | ident ) ')'
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseFontSrc(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
// could we maybe turn nsCSSValue::Array into InfallibleTArray<nsCSSValue>?
InfallibleTArray<nsCSSValue> values;
nsCSSValue cur;
for (;;) {
if (!GetToken(true))
break;
if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_URL) {
SetValueToURL(cur, mToken.mIdent);
values.AppendElement(cur);
if (!ParseFontSrcFormat(values))
return false;
} else if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Function &&
mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("local")) {
// css3-fonts does not specify a formal grammar for local().
// The text permits both unquoted identifiers and quoted
// strings. We resolve this ambiguity in the spec by
// assuming that the appropriate production is a single
// <family-name>, possibly surrounded by whitespace.
nsAutoString family;
bool single;
if (!ParseOneFamily(family, single)) {
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
if (!ExpectSymbol(')', true)) {
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
// the style parameters to the nsFont constructor are ignored,
// because it's only being used to call EnumerateFamilies
nsFont font(family, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
ExtractFirstFamilyData dat;
font.EnumerateFamilies(ExtractFirstFamily, (void*) &dat);
if (!dat.mGood)
return false;
cur.SetStringValue(dat.mFamilyName, eCSSUnit_Local_Font);
values.AppendElement(cur);
} else {
// We don't know what to do with this token; unget it and error out
UngetToken();
return false;
}
if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true))
break;
}
if (values.Length() == 0)
return false;
nsRefPtr<nsCSSValue::Array> srcVals
= nsCSSValue::Array::Create(values.Length());
uint32_t i;
for (i = 0; i < values.Length(); i++)
srcVals->Item(i) = values[i];
aValue.SetArrayValue(srcVals, eCSSUnit_Array);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseFontSrcFormat(InfallibleTArray<nsCSSValue> & values)
{
if (!GetToken(true))
return true; // EOF harmless here
if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Function ||
!mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("format")) {
UngetToken();
return true;
}
do {
if (!GetToken(true))
return false; // EOF - no need for SkipUntil
if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_String) {
UngetToken();
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
nsCSSValue cur(mToken.mIdent, eCSSUnit_Font_Format);
values.AppendElement(cur);
} while (ExpectSymbol(',', true));
if (!ExpectSymbol(')', true)) {
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
return true;
}
// font-ranges: urange ( ',' urange )*
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseFontRanges(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
InfallibleTArray<uint32_t> ranges;
for (;;) {
if (!GetToken(true))
break;
if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_URange) {
UngetToken();
break;
}
// An invalid range token is a parsing error, causing the entire
// descriptor to be ignored.
if (!mToken.mIntegerValid)
return false;
uint32_t low = mToken.mInteger;
uint32_t high = mToken.mInteger2;
// A range that descends, or a range that is entirely outside the
// current range of Unicode (U+0-10FFFF) is ignored, but does not
// invalidate the descriptor. A range that straddles the high end
// is clipped.
if (low <= 0x10FFFF && low <= high) {
if (high > 0x10FFFF)
high = 0x10FFFF;
ranges.AppendElement(low);
ranges.AppendElement(high);
}
if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true))
break;
}
if (ranges.Length() == 0)
return false;
nsRefPtr<nsCSSValue::Array> srcVals
= nsCSSValue::Array::Create(ranges.Length());
for (uint32_t i = 0; i < ranges.Length(); i++)
srcVals->Item(i).SetIntValue(ranges[i], eCSSUnit_Integer);
aValue.SetArrayValue(srcVals, eCSSUnit_Array);
return true;
}
// font-feature-settings: normal | <feature-tag-value> [, <feature-tag-value>]*
// <feature-tag-value> = <string> [ <integer> | on | off ]?
// minimum - "tagx", "tagy", "tagz"
// edge error case - "tagx" on 1, "tagx" "tagy", "tagx" -1, "tagx" big
// pair value is always x = string, y = int
// font feature tags must be four ASCII characters
#define FEATURE_TAG_LENGTH 4
static bool
ValidFontFeatureTag(const nsString& aTag)
{
if (aTag.Length() != FEATURE_TAG_LENGTH) {
return false;
}
uint32_t i;
for (i = 0; i < FEATURE_TAG_LENGTH; i++) {
uint32_t ch = aTag[i];
if (ch < 0x20 || ch > 0x7e) {
return false;
}
}
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseFontFeatureSettings(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
if (ParseVariant(aValue, VARIANT_INHERIT | VARIANT_NORMAL, nullptr)) {
return true;
}
nsCSSValuePairList *cur = aValue.SetPairListValue();
for (;;) {
// feature tag
if (!GetToken(true)) {
return false;
}
if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_String ||
!ValidFontFeatureTag(mToken.mIdent)) {
UngetToken();
return false;
}
cur->mXValue.SetStringValue(mToken.mIdent, eCSSUnit_String);
if (!GetToken(true)) {
cur->mYValue.SetIntValue(1, eCSSUnit_Integer);
break;
}
// optional value or on/off keyword
if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Number && mToken.mIntegerValid &&
mToken.mInteger >= 0) {
cur->mYValue.SetIntValue(mToken.mInteger, eCSSUnit_Integer);
} else if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Ident &&
mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("on")) {
cur->mYValue.SetIntValue(1, eCSSUnit_Integer);
} else if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Ident &&
mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("off")) {
cur->mYValue.SetIntValue(0, eCSSUnit_Integer);
} else {
// something other than value/on/off, set default value
cur->mYValue.SetIntValue(1, eCSSUnit_Integer);
UngetToken();
}
if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) {
break;
}
cur->mNext = new nsCSSValuePairList;
cur = cur->mNext;
}
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseListStyle()
{
// 'list-style' can accept 'none' for two different subproperties,
// 'list-style-type' and 'list-style-position'. In order to accept
// 'none' as the value of either but still allow another value for
// either, we need to ensure that the first 'none' we find gets
// allocated to a dummy property instead.
static const nsCSSProperty listStyleIDs[] = {
eCSSPropertyExtra_x_none_value,
eCSSProperty_list_style_type,
eCSSProperty_list_style_position,
eCSSProperty_list_style_image
};
nsCSSValue values[NS_ARRAY_LENGTH(listStyleIDs)];
int32_t found =
ParseChoice(values, listStyleIDs, ArrayLength(listStyleIDs));
if (found < 1 || !ExpectEndProperty()) {
return false;
}
if ((found & (1|2|8)) == (1|2|8)) {
if (values[0].GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_None) {
// We found a 'none' plus another value for both of
// 'list-style-type' and 'list-style-image'. This is a parse
// error, since the 'none' has to count for at least one of them.
return false;
} else {
NS_ASSERTION(found == (1|2|4|8) && values[0] == values[1] &&
values[0] == values[2] && values[0] == values[3],
"should be a special value");
}
}
// Provide default values
if ((found & 2) == 0) {
if (found & 1) {
values[1].SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_LIST_STYLE_NONE, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
} else {
values[1].SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_LIST_STYLE_DISC, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
}
}
if ((found & 4) == 0) {
values[2].SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_LIST_STYLE_POSITION_OUTSIDE,
eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
}
if ((found & 8) == 0) {
values[3].SetNoneValue();
}
// Start at 1 to avoid appending fake value.
for (uint32_t index = 1; index < ArrayLength(listStyleIDs); ++index) {
AppendValue(listStyleIDs[index], values[index]);
}
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseMargin()
{
static const nsCSSProperty kMarginSideIDs[] = {
eCSSProperty_margin_top,
eCSSProperty_margin_right_value,
eCSSProperty_margin_bottom,
eCSSProperty_margin_left_value
};
static const nsCSSProperty kMarginSources[] = {
eCSSProperty_margin_left_ltr_source,
eCSSProperty_margin_left_rtl_source,
eCSSProperty_margin_right_ltr_source,
eCSSProperty_margin_right_rtl_source,
eCSSProperty_UNKNOWN
};
// do this now, in case 4 values weren't specified
InitBoxPropsAsPhysical(kMarginSources);
return ParseBoxProperties(kMarginSideIDs);
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseMarks(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
if (ParseVariant(aValue, VARIANT_HK, nsCSSProps::kPageMarksKTable)) {
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == aValue.GetUnit()) {
if (NS_STYLE_PAGE_MARKS_NONE != aValue.GetIntValue() &&
false == CheckEndProperty()) {
nsCSSValue second;
if (ParseEnum(second, nsCSSProps::kPageMarksKTable)) {
// 'none' keyword in conjuction with others is not allowed
if (NS_STYLE_PAGE_MARKS_NONE != second.GetIntValue()) {
aValue.SetIntValue(aValue.GetIntValue() | second.GetIntValue(),
eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
return true;
}
}
return false;
}
}
return true;
}
return false;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseOutline()
{
const int32_t numProps = 3;
static const nsCSSProperty kOutlineIDs[] = {
eCSSProperty_outline_color,
eCSSProperty_outline_style,
eCSSProperty_outline_width
};
nsCSSValue values[numProps];
int32_t found = ParseChoice(values, kOutlineIDs, numProps);
if ((found < 1) || (false == ExpectEndProperty())) {
return false;
}
// Provide default values
if ((found & 1) == 0) { // Provide default outline-color
values[0].SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_COLOR_MOZ_USE_TEXT_COLOR, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
}
if ((found & 2) == 0) { // Provide default outline-style
values[1].SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_NONE, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
}
if ((found & 4) == 0) { // Provide default outline-width
values[2].SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_BORDER_WIDTH_MEDIUM, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
}
int32_t index;
for (index = 0; index < numProps; index++) {
AppendValue(kOutlineIDs[index], values[index]);
}
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseOverflow()
{
nsCSSValue overflow;
if (!ParseVariant(overflow, VARIANT_HK,
nsCSSProps::kOverflowKTable) ||
!ExpectEndProperty())
return false;
nsCSSValue overflowX(overflow);
nsCSSValue overflowY(overflow);
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == overflow.GetUnit())
switch(overflow.GetIntValue()) {
case NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_SCROLLBARS_HORIZONTAL:
overflowX.SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_SCROLL, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
overflowY.SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_HIDDEN, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
break;
case NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_SCROLLBARS_VERTICAL:
overflowX.SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_HIDDEN, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
overflowY.SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_SCROLL, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
break;
}
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_overflow_x, overflowX);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_overflow_y, overflowY);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParsePadding()
{
static const nsCSSProperty kPaddingSideIDs[] = {
eCSSProperty_padding_top,
eCSSProperty_padding_right_value,
eCSSProperty_padding_bottom,
eCSSProperty_padding_left_value
};
static const nsCSSProperty kPaddingSources[] = {
eCSSProperty_padding_left_ltr_source,
eCSSProperty_padding_left_rtl_source,
eCSSProperty_padding_right_ltr_source,
eCSSProperty_padding_right_rtl_source,
eCSSProperty_UNKNOWN
};
// do this now, in case 4 values weren't specified
InitBoxPropsAsPhysical(kPaddingSources);
return ParseBoxProperties(kPaddingSideIDs);
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseQuotes()
{
nsCSSValue value;
if (!ParseVariant(value, VARIANT_HOS, nullptr)) {
return false;
}
if (value.GetUnit() != eCSSUnit_String) {
if (!ExpectEndProperty()) {
return false;
}
} else {
nsCSSValue open = value;
nsCSSValuePairList* quotes = value.SetPairListValue();
for (;;) {
quotes->mXValue = open;
// get mandatory close
if (!ParseVariant(quotes->mYValue, VARIANT_STRING, nullptr)) {
return false;
}
if (CheckEndProperty()) {
break;
}
// look for another open
if (!ParseVariant(open, VARIANT_STRING, nullptr)) {
return false;
}
quotes->mNext = new nsCSSValuePairList;
quotes = quotes->mNext;
}
}
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_quotes, value);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseSize()
{
nsCSSValue width, height;
if (!ParseVariant(width, VARIANT_AHKL, nsCSSProps::kPageSizeKTable)) {
return false;
}
if (width.IsLengthUnit()) {
ParseVariant(height, VARIANT_LENGTH, nullptr);
}
if (!ExpectEndProperty()) {
return false;
}
if (width == height || height.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Null) {
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_size, width);
} else {
nsCSSValue pair;
pair.SetPairValue(width, height);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_size, pair);
}
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseTextDecoration()
{
enum {
eDecorationNone = NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_LINE_NONE,
eDecorationUnderline = NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_LINE_UNDERLINE,
eDecorationOverline = NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_LINE_OVERLINE,
eDecorationLineThrough = NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_LINE_LINE_THROUGH,
eDecorationBlink = NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_LINE_BLINK,
eDecorationPrefAnchors = NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_LINE_PREF_ANCHORS
};
static_assert((eDecorationNone ^ eDecorationUnderline ^
eDecorationOverline ^ eDecorationLineThrough ^
eDecorationBlink ^ eDecorationPrefAnchors) ==
(eDecorationNone | eDecorationUnderline |
eDecorationOverline | eDecorationLineThrough |
eDecorationBlink | eDecorationPrefAnchors),
"text decoration constants need to be bitmasks");
static const int32_t kTextDecorationKTable[] = {
eCSSKeyword_none, eDecorationNone,
eCSSKeyword_underline, eDecorationUnderline,
eCSSKeyword_overline, eDecorationOverline,
eCSSKeyword_line_through, eDecorationLineThrough,
eCSSKeyword_blink, eDecorationBlink,
eCSSKeyword__moz_anchor_decoration, eDecorationPrefAnchors,
eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN,-1
};
nsCSSValue value;
if (!ParseVariant(value, VARIANT_HK, kTextDecorationKTable)) {
return false;
}
nsCSSValue blink, line, style, color;
switch (value.GetUnit()) {
case eCSSUnit_Enumerated: {
// We shouldn't accept decoration line style and color via
// text-decoration.
color.SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_COLOR_MOZ_USE_TEXT_COLOR,
eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
style.SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_STYLE_SOLID,
eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
int32_t intValue = value.GetIntValue();
if (intValue == eDecorationNone) {
blink.SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_TEXT_BLINK_NONE, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
line.SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_LINE_NONE,
eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
break;
}
// look for more keywords
nsCSSValue keyword;
int32_t index;
for (index = 0; index < 3; index++) {
if (!ParseEnum(keyword, kTextDecorationKTable)) {
break;
}
int32_t newValue = keyword.GetIntValue();
if (newValue == eDecorationNone || newValue & intValue) {
// 'none' keyword in conjuction with others is not allowed, and
// duplicate keyword is not allowed.
return false;
}
intValue |= newValue;
}
blink.SetIntValue((intValue & eDecorationBlink) != 0 ?
NS_STYLE_TEXT_BLINK_BLINK : NS_STYLE_TEXT_BLINK_NONE,
eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
line.SetIntValue((intValue & ~eDecorationBlink), eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
break;
}
default:
blink = line = color = style = value;
break;
}
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_text_blink, blink);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_text_decoration_line, line);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_text_decoration_color, color);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_text_decoration_style, style);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseTextDecorationLine(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
if (ParseVariant(aValue, VARIANT_HK, nsCSSProps::kTextDecorationLineKTable)) {
if (eCSSUnit_Enumerated == aValue.GetUnit()) {
int32_t intValue = aValue.GetIntValue();
if (intValue != NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_LINE_NONE) {
// look for more keywords
nsCSSValue keyword;
int32_t index;
for (index = 0; index < 2; index++) {
if (ParseEnum(keyword, nsCSSProps::kTextDecorationLineKTable)) {
int32_t newValue = keyword.GetIntValue();
if (newValue == NS_STYLE_TEXT_DECORATION_LINE_NONE ||
newValue & intValue) {
// 'none' keyword in conjuction with others is not allowed, and
// duplicate keyword is not allowed.
return false;
}
intValue |= newValue;
}
else {
break;
}
}
aValue.SetIntValue(intValue, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
}
}
return true;
}
return false;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseTextOverflow(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
if (ParseVariant(aValue, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) {
// 'inherit' and 'initial' must be alone
return true;
}
nsCSSValue left;
if (!ParseVariant(left, VARIANT_KEYWORD | VARIANT_STRING,
nsCSSProps::kTextOverflowKTable))
return false;
nsCSSValue right;
if (ParseVariant(right, VARIANT_KEYWORD | VARIANT_STRING,
nsCSSProps::kTextOverflowKTable))
aValue.SetPairValue(left, right);
else {
aValue = left;
}
return true;
}
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// transform Parsing Implementation
/* Reads a function list of arguments and consumes the closing parenthesis.
* Do not call this function directly; it's meant to be called from
* ParseFunction.
*/
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseFunctionInternals(const int32_t aVariantMask[],
int32_t aVariantMaskAll,
uint16_t aMinElems,
uint16_t aMaxElems,
InfallibleTArray<nsCSSValue> &aOutput)
{
NS_ASSERTION((aVariantMask && !aVariantMaskAll) ||
(!aVariantMask && aVariantMaskAll),
"only one of the two variant mask parameters can be set");
for (uint16_t index = 0; index < aMaxElems; ++index) {
nsCSSValue newValue;
int32_t m = aVariantMaskAll ? aVariantMaskAll : aVariantMask[index];
if (!ParseVariant(newValue, m, nullptr)) {
break;
}
aOutput.AppendElement(newValue);
if (ExpectSymbol(',', true)) {
// Move on to the next argument if we see a comma.
continue;
}
if (ExpectSymbol(')', true)) {
// Make sure we've read enough symbols if we see a closing parenthesis.
return (index + 1) >= aMinElems;
}
// Only a comma or a closing parenthesis is valid after an argument.
break;
}
// If we're here, we've hit an error without seeing a closing parenthesis or
// we've read too many elements without seeing a closing parenthesis.
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
/* Parses a function [ input of the form (a [, b]*) ] and stores it
* as an nsCSSValue that holds a function of the form
* function-name arg1 arg2 ... argN
*
* On error, the return value is false.
*
* @param aFunction The name of the function that we're reading.
* @param aAllowedTypes An array of values corresponding to the legal
* types for each element in the function. The zeroth element in the
* array corresponds to the first function parameter, etc. The length
* of this array _must_ be greater than or equal to aMaxElems or the
* behavior is undefined. If not null, aAllowTypesAll must be 0.
* @param aAllowedTypesAll If set, every element tested for these types
* @param aMinElems Minimum number of elements to read. Reading fewer than
* this many elements will result in the function failing.
* @param aMaxElems Maximum number of elements to read. Reading more than
* this many elements will result in the function failing.
* @param aValue (out) The value that was parsed.
*/
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseFunction(nsCSSKeyword aFunction,
const int32_t aAllowedTypes[],
int32_t aAllowedTypesAll,
uint16_t aMinElems, uint16_t aMaxElems,
nsCSSValue &aValue)
{
NS_ASSERTION((aAllowedTypes && !aAllowedTypesAll) ||
(!aAllowedTypes && aAllowedTypesAll),
"only one of the two allowed type parameter can be set");
typedef InfallibleTArray<nsCSSValue>::size_type arrlen_t;
/* 2^16 - 2, so that if we have 2^16 - 2 transforms, we have 2^16 - 1
* elements stored in the the nsCSSValue::Array.
*/
static const arrlen_t MAX_ALLOWED_ELEMS = 0xFFFE;
/* Read in a list of values as an array, failing if we can't or if
* it's out of bounds.
*/
InfallibleTArray<nsCSSValue> foundValues;
if (!ParseFunctionInternals(aAllowedTypes, aAllowedTypesAll, aMinElems,
aMaxElems, foundValues)) {
return false;
}
/*
* In case the user has given us more than 2^16 - 2 arguments,
* we'll truncate them at 2^16 - 2 arguments.
*/
uint16_t numArgs = std::min(foundValues.Length(), MAX_ALLOWED_ELEMS);
nsRefPtr<nsCSSValue::Array> convertedArray =
aValue.InitFunction(aFunction, numArgs);
/* Copy things over. */
for (uint16_t index = 0; index < numArgs; ++index)
convertedArray->Item(index + 1) = foundValues[static_cast<arrlen_t>(index)];
/* Return it! */
return true;
}
/**
* Given a token, determines the minimum and maximum number of function
* parameters to read, along with the mask that should be used to read
* those function parameters. If the token isn't a transform function,
* returns an error.
*
* @param aToken The token identifying the function.
* @param aMinElems [out] The minimum number of elements to read.
* @param aMaxElems [out] The maximum number of elements to read
* @param aVariantMask [out] The variant mask to use during parsing
* @return Whether the information was loaded successfully.
*/
static bool GetFunctionParseInformation(nsCSSKeyword aToken,
bool aIsPrefixed,
uint16_t &aMinElems,
uint16_t &aMaxElems,
const int32_t *& aVariantMask)
{
/* These types represent the common variant masks that will be used to
* parse out the individual functions. The order in the enumeration
* must match the order in which the masks are declared.
*/
enum { eLengthPercentCalc,
eLengthCalc,
eTwoLengthPercentCalcs,
eTwoLengthPercentCalcsOneLengthCalc,
eAngle,
eTwoAngles,
eNumber,
ePositiveLength,
eTwoNumbers,
eThreeNumbers,
eThreeNumbersOneAngle,
eMatrix,
eMatrixPrefixed,
eMatrix3d,
eMatrix3dPrefixed,
eNumVariantMasks };
static const int32_t kMaxElemsPerFunction = 16;
static const int32_t kVariantMasks[eNumVariantMasks][kMaxElemsPerFunction] = {
{VARIANT_LPCALC},
{VARIANT_LENGTH|VARIANT_CALC},
{VARIANT_LPCALC, VARIANT_LPCALC},
{VARIANT_LPCALC, VARIANT_LPCALC, VARIANT_LENGTH|VARIANT_CALC},
{VARIANT_ANGLE_OR_ZERO},
{VARIANT_ANGLE_OR_ZERO, VARIANT_ANGLE_OR_ZERO},
{VARIANT_NUMBER},
{VARIANT_LENGTH|VARIANT_POSITIVE_DIMENSION},
{VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER},
{VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER},
{VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_ANGLE_OR_ZERO},
{VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER,
VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER},
{VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER,
VARIANT_LPNCALC, VARIANT_LPNCALC},
{VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER,
VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER,
VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER,
VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER},
{VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER,
VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER,
VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER, VARIANT_NUMBER,
VARIANT_LPNCALC, VARIANT_LPNCALC, VARIANT_LNCALC, VARIANT_NUMBER}};
#ifdef DEBUG
static const uint8_t kVariantMaskLengths[eNumVariantMasks] =
{1, 1, 2, 3, 1, 2, 1, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 6, 16, 16};
#endif
int32_t variantIndex = eNumVariantMasks;
switch (aToken) {
case eCSSKeyword_translatex:
case eCSSKeyword_translatey:
/* Exactly one length or percent. */
variantIndex = eLengthPercentCalc;
aMinElems = 1U;
aMaxElems = 1U;
break;
case eCSSKeyword_translatez:
/* Exactly one length */
variantIndex = eLengthCalc;
aMinElems = 1U;
aMaxElems = 1U;
break;
case eCSSKeyword_translate3d:
/* Exactly two lengthds or percents and a number */
variantIndex = eTwoLengthPercentCalcsOneLengthCalc;
aMinElems = 3U;
aMaxElems = 3U;
break;
case eCSSKeyword_scalez:
case eCSSKeyword_scalex:
case eCSSKeyword_scaley:
/* Exactly one scale factor. */
variantIndex = eNumber;
aMinElems = 1U;
aMaxElems = 1U;
break;
case eCSSKeyword_scale3d:
/* Exactly three scale factors. */
variantIndex = eThreeNumbers;
aMinElems = 3U;
aMaxElems = 3U;
break;
case eCSSKeyword_rotatex:
case eCSSKeyword_rotatey:
case eCSSKeyword_rotate:
case eCSSKeyword_rotatez:
/* Exactly one angle. */
variantIndex = eAngle;
aMinElems = 1U;
aMaxElems = 1U;
break;
case eCSSKeyword_rotate3d:
variantIndex = eThreeNumbersOneAngle;
aMinElems = 4U;
aMaxElems = 4U;
break;
case eCSSKeyword_translate:
/* One or two lengths or percents. */
variantIndex = eTwoLengthPercentCalcs;
aMinElems = 1U;
aMaxElems = 2U;
break;
case eCSSKeyword_skew:
/* Exactly one or two angles. */
variantIndex = eTwoAngles;
aMinElems = 1U;
aMaxElems = 2U;
break;
case eCSSKeyword_scale:
/* One or two scale factors. */
variantIndex = eTwoNumbers;
aMinElems = 1U;
aMaxElems = 2U;
break;
case eCSSKeyword_skewx:
/* Exactly one angle. */
variantIndex = eAngle;
aMinElems = 1U;
aMaxElems = 1U;
break;
case eCSSKeyword_skewy:
/* Exactly one angle. */
variantIndex = eAngle;
aMinElems = 1U;
aMaxElems = 1U;
break;
case eCSSKeyword_matrix:
/* Six values, all numbers. */
variantIndex = aIsPrefixed ? eMatrixPrefixed : eMatrix;
aMinElems = 6U;
aMaxElems = 6U;
break;
case eCSSKeyword_matrix3d:
/* 16 matrix values, all numbers */
variantIndex = aIsPrefixed ? eMatrix3dPrefixed : eMatrix3d;
aMinElems = 16U;
aMaxElems = 16U;
break;
case eCSSKeyword_perspective:
/* Exactly one scale number. */
variantIndex = ePositiveLength;
aMinElems = 1U;
aMaxElems = 1U;
break;
default:
/* Oh dear, we didn't match. Report an error. */
return false;
}
NS_ASSERTION(aMinElems > 0, "Didn't update minimum elements!");
NS_ASSERTION(aMaxElems > 0, "Didn't update maximum elements!");
NS_ASSERTION(aMinElems <= aMaxElems, "aMinElems > aMaxElems!");
NS_ASSERTION(variantIndex >= 0, "Invalid variant mask!");
NS_ASSERTION(variantIndex < eNumVariantMasks, "Invalid variant mask!");
#ifdef DEBUG
NS_ASSERTION(aMaxElems <= kVariantMaskLengths[variantIndex],
"Invalid aMaxElems for this variant mask.");
#endif
// Convert the index into a mask.
aVariantMask = kVariantMasks[variantIndex];
return true;
}
/* Reads a single transform function from the tokenizer stream, reporting an
* error if something goes wrong.
*/
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseSingleTransform(bool aIsPrefixed, nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
if (!GetToken(true))
return false;
if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Function) {
UngetToken();
return false;
}
const int32_t* variantMask;
uint16_t minElems, maxElems;
nsCSSKeyword keyword = nsCSSKeywords::LookupKeyword(mToken.mIdent);
if (!GetFunctionParseInformation(keyword, aIsPrefixed,
minElems, maxElems, variantMask))
return false;
return ParseFunction(keyword, variantMask, 0, minElems, maxElems, aValue);
}
/* Parses a transform property list by continuously reading in properties
* and constructing a matrix from it.
*/
bool CSSParserImpl::ParseTransform(bool aIsPrefixed)
{
nsCSSValue value;
if (ParseVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT | VARIANT_NONE, nullptr)) {
// 'inherit', 'initial', and 'none' must be alone
if (!ExpectEndProperty()) {
return false;
}
} else {
nsCSSValueList* cur = value.SetListValue();
for (;;) {
if (!ParseSingleTransform(aIsPrefixed, cur->mValue)) {
return false;
}
if (CheckEndProperty()) {
break;
}
cur->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
cur = cur->mNext;
}
}
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_transform, value);
return true;
}
bool CSSParserImpl::ParseTransformOrigin(bool aPerspective)
{
nsCSSValuePair position;
if (!ParseBoxPositionValues(position, true))
return false;
nsCSSProperty prop = eCSSProperty_transform_origin;
if (aPerspective) {
if (!ExpectEndProperty()) {
return false;
}
prop = eCSSProperty_perspective_origin;
}
// Unlike many other uses of pairs, this position should always be stored
// as a pair, even if the values are the same, so it always serializes as
// a pair, and to keep the computation code simple.
if (position.mXValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Inherit ||
position.mXValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Initial) {
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(position.mXValue == position.mYValue,
"inherit/initial only half?");
AppendValue(prop, position.mXValue);
} else {
nsCSSValue value;
if (aPerspective) {
value.SetPairValue(position.mXValue, position.mYValue);
} else {
nsCSSValue depth;
if (!ParseVariant(depth, VARIANT_LENGTH | VARIANT_CALC, nullptr)) {
depth.SetFloatValue(0.0f, eCSSUnit_Pixel);
}
value.SetTripletValue(position.mXValue, position.mYValue, depth);
}
AppendValue(prop, value);
}
return true;
}
/**
* Reads a drop-shadow value. At the moment the Filter Effects specification
* just expects one shadow item. Should this ever change to a list of shadow
* items, use ParseShadowList instead.
*/
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseDropShadow(nsCSSValue* aValue)
{
// Use nsCSSValueList to reuse the shadow resolving code in
// nsRuleNode and nsComputedDOMStyle.
nsCSSValue shadow;
nsCSSValueList* cur = shadow.SetListValue();
if (!ParseShadowItem(cur->mValue, false))
return false;
if (!ExpectSymbol(')', true))
return false;
nsCSSValue::Array* dropShadow = aValue->InitFunction(eCSSKeyword_drop_shadow, 1);
// Copy things over.
dropShadow->Item(1) = shadow;
return true;
}
/**
* Reads a single url or filter function from the tokenizer stream, reporting an
* error if something goes wrong.
*/
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseSingleFilter(nsCSSValue* aValue)
{
if (ParseVariant(*aValue, VARIANT_URL, nullptr)) {
return true;
}
if (!nsLayoutUtils::CSSFiltersEnabled()) {
// With CSS Filters disabled, we should only accept an SVG reference filter.
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectedNoneOrURL);
return false;
}
if (!GetToken(true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_EOF(PEFilterEOF);
return false;
}
if (mToken.mType != eCSSToken_Function) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectedNoneOrURLOrFilterFunction);
return false;
}
nsCSSKeyword functionName = nsCSSKeywords::LookupKeyword(mToken.mIdent);
// Parse drop-shadow independently of the other filter functions
// because of its more complex characteristics.
if (functionName == eCSSKeyword_drop_shadow) {
if (ParseDropShadow(aValue)) {
return true;
} else {
// Unrecognized filter function.
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectedNoneOrURLOrFilterFunction);
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
}
// Set up the parsing rules based on the filter function.
int32_t variantMask = VARIANT_PN;
bool rejectNegativeArgument = true;
bool clampArgumentToOne = false;
switch (functionName) {
case eCSSKeyword_blur:
variantMask = VARIANT_LCALC | VARIANT_NONNEGATIVE_DIMENSION;
// VARIANT_NONNEGATIVE_DIMENSION will already reject negative lengths.
rejectNegativeArgument = false;
break;
case eCSSKeyword_brightness:
case eCSSKeyword_contrast:
case eCSSKeyword_saturate:
break;
case eCSSKeyword_grayscale:
case eCSSKeyword_invert:
case eCSSKeyword_sepia:
case eCSSKeyword_opacity:
clampArgumentToOne = true;
break;
case eCSSKeyword_hue_rotate:
variantMask = VARIANT_ANGLE;
rejectNegativeArgument = false;
break;
default:
// Unrecognized filter function.
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectedNoneOrURLOrFilterFunction);
SkipUntil(')');
return false;
}
// Parse the function.
uint16_t minElems = 1U;
uint16_t maxElems = 1U;
uint32_t allVariants = 0;
if (!ParseFunction(functionName, &variantMask, allVariants,
minElems, maxElems, *aValue)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEFilterFunctionArgumentsParsingError);
return false;
}
// Get the first and only argument to the filter function.
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(aValue->GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Function,
"expected a filter function");
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(aValue->UnitHasArrayValue(),
"filter function should be an array");
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(aValue->GetArrayValue()->Count() == 2,
"filter function should have exactly one argument");
nsCSSValue& arg = aValue->GetArrayValue()->Item(1);
if (rejectNegativeArgument &&
((arg.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Percent && arg.GetPercentValue() < 0.0f) ||
(arg.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Number && arg.GetFloatValue() < 0.0f))) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED(PEExpectedNonnegativeNP);
return false;
}
if (clampArgumentToOne) {
if (arg.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Number &&
arg.GetFloatValue() > 1.0f) {
arg.SetFloatValue(1.0f, arg.GetUnit());
} else if (arg.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Percent &&
arg.GetPercentValue() > 1.0f) {
arg.SetPercentValue(1.0f);
}
}
return true;
}
/**
* Parses a filter property value by continuously reading in urls and/or filter
* functions and constructing a list.
*
* When CSS Filters are enabled, the filter property accepts one or more SVG
* reference filters and/or CSS filter functions.
* e.g. filter: url(#my-filter-1) blur(3px) url(#my-filter-2) grayscale(50%);
*
* When CSS Filters are disabled, the filter property only accepts one SVG
* reference filter.
* e.g. filter: url(#my-filter);
*/
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseFilter()
{
nsCSSValue value;
if (ParseVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT | VARIANT_NONE, nullptr)) {
// 'inherit', 'initial', and 'none' must be alone
if (!ExpectEndProperty()) {
return false;
}
} else {
nsCSSValueList* cur = value.SetListValue();
while (cur) {
if (!ParseSingleFilter(&cur->mValue)) {
return false;
}
if (CheckEndProperty()) {
break;
}
if (!nsLayoutUtils::CSSFiltersEnabled()) {
// With CSS Filters disabled, we should only accept one SVG reference
// filter.
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectEndValue);
return false;
}
cur->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
cur = cur->mNext;
}
}
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_filter, value);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseTransitionProperty()
{
nsCSSValue value;
if (ParseVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT | VARIANT_NONE, nullptr)) {
// 'inherit', 'initial', and 'none' must be alone
if (!ExpectEndProperty()) {
return false;
}
} else {
// Accept a list of arbitrary identifiers. They should be
// CSS properties, but we want to accept any so that we
// accept properties that we don't know about yet, e.g.
// transition-property: invalid-property, left, opacity;
nsCSSValueList* cur = value.SetListValue();
for (;;) {
if (!ParseVariant(cur->mValue, VARIANT_IDENTIFIER | VARIANT_ALL, nullptr)) {
return false;
}
if (cur->mValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Ident) {
nsDependentString str(cur->mValue.GetStringBufferValue());
// Exclude 'none' and 'inherit' and 'initial' according to the
// same rules as for 'counter-reset' in CSS 2.1.
if (str.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("none") ||
str.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("inherit") ||
str.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("initial")) {
return false;
}
}
if (CheckEndProperty()) {
break;
}
if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) {
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_TOKEN(PEExpectedComma);
return false;
}
cur->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
cur = cur->mNext;
}
}
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_transition_property, value);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseTransitionTimingFunctionValues(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
NS_ASSERTION(!mHavePushBack &&
mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Function &&
mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("cubic-bezier"),
"unexpected initial state");
nsRefPtr<nsCSSValue::Array> val = nsCSSValue::Array::Create(4);
float x1, x2, y1, y2;
if (!ParseTransitionTimingFunctionValueComponent(x1, ',', true) ||
!ParseTransitionTimingFunctionValueComponent(y1, ',', false) ||
!ParseTransitionTimingFunctionValueComponent(x2, ',', true) ||
!ParseTransitionTimingFunctionValueComponent(y2, ')', false)) {
return false;
}
val->Item(0).SetFloatValue(x1, eCSSUnit_Number);
val->Item(1).SetFloatValue(y1, eCSSUnit_Number);
val->Item(2).SetFloatValue(x2, eCSSUnit_Number);
val->Item(3).SetFloatValue(y2, eCSSUnit_Number);
aValue.SetArrayValue(val, eCSSUnit_Cubic_Bezier);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseTransitionTimingFunctionValueComponent(float& aComponent,
char aStop,
bool aCheckRange)
{
if (!GetToken(true)) {
return false;
}
nsCSSToken* tk = &mToken;
if (tk->mType == eCSSToken_Number) {
float num = tk->mNumber;
if (aCheckRange && (num < 0.0 || num > 1.0)) {
return false;
}
aComponent = num;
if (ExpectSymbol(aStop, true)) {
return true;
}
}
return false;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseTransitionStepTimingFunctionValues(nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
NS_ASSERTION(!mHavePushBack &&
mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Function &&
mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("steps"),
"unexpected initial state");
nsRefPtr<nsCSSValue::Array> val = nsCSSValue::Array::Create(2);
if (!ParseOneOrLargerVariant(val->Item(0), VARIANT_INTEGER, nullptr)) {
return false;
}
int32_t type = NS_STYLE_TRANSITION_TIMING_FUNCTION_STEP_END;
if (ExpectSymbol(',', true)) {
if (!GetToken(true)) {
return false;
}
type = -1;
if (mToken.mType == eCSSToken_Ident) {
if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("start")) {
type = NS_STYLE_TRANSITION_TIMING_FUNCTION_STEP_START;
} else if (mToken.mIdent.LowerCaseEqualsLiteral("end")) {
type = NS_STYLE_TRANSITION_TIMING_FUNCTION_STEP_END;
}
}
if (type == -1) {
UngetToken();
return false;
}
}
val->Item(1).SetIntValue(type, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
if (!ExpectSymbol(')', true)) {
return false;
}
aValue.SetArrayValue(val, eCSSUnit_Steps);
return true;
}
static nsCSSValueList*
AppendValueToList(nsCSSValue& aContainer,
nsCSSValueList* aTail,
const nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
nsCSSValueList* entry;
if (aContainer.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Null) {
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(!aTail, "should not have an entry");
entry = aContainer.SetListValue();
} else {
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(!aTail->mNext, "should not have a next entry");
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(aContainer.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_List, "not a list");
entry = new nsCSSValueList;
aTail->mNext = entry;
}
entry->mValue = aValue;
return entry;
}
CSSParserImpl::ParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthandResult
CSSParserImpl::ParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthand(
const nsCSSProperty* aProperties,
const nsCSSValue* aInitialValues,
nsCSSValue* aValues,
size_t aNumProperties)
{
nsCSSValue tempValue;
// first see if 'inherit' or 'initial' is specified. If one is,
// it can be the only thing specified, so don't attempt to parse any
// additional properties
if (ParseVariant(tempValue, VARIANT_INHERIT, nullptr)) {
for (uint32_t i = 0; i < aNumProperties; ++i) {
AppendValue(aProperties[i], tempValue);
}
return eParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthand_Inherit;
}
static const size_t maxNumProperties = 7;
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(aNumProperties <= maxNumProperties,
"can't handle this many properties");
nsCSSValueList *cur[maxNumProperties];
bool parsedProperty[maxNumProperties];
for (size_t i = 0; i < aNumProperties; ++i) {
cur[i] = nullptr;
}
bool atEOP = false; // at end of property?
for (;;) { // loop over comma-separated transitions or animations
// whether a particular subproperty was specified for this
// transition or animation
for (size_t i = 0; i < aNumProperties; ++i) {
parsedProperty[i] = false;
}
for (;;) { // loop over values within a transition or animation
bool foundProperty = false;
// check to see if we're at the end of one full transition or
// animation definition (either because we hit a comma or because
// we hit the end of the property definition)
if (ExpectSymbol(',', true))
break;
if (CheckEndProperty()) {
atEOP = true;
break;
}
// else, try to parse the next transition or animation sub-property
for (uint32_t i = 0; !foundProperty && i < aNumProperties; ++i) {
if (!parsedProperty[i]) {
// if we haven't found this property yet, try to parse it
if (ParseSingleValueProperty(tempValue, aProperties[i])) {
parsedProperty[i] = true;
cur[i] = AppendValueToList(aValues[i], cur[i], tempValue);
foundProperty = true;
break; // out of inner loop; continue looking for next sub-property
}
}
}
if (!foundProperty) {
// We're not at a ',' or at the end of the property, but we couldn't
// parse any of the sub-properties, so the declaration is invalid.
return eParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthand_Error;
}
}
// We hit the end of the property or the end of one transition
// or animation definition, add its components to the list.
for (uint32_t i = 0; i < aNumProperties; ++i) {
// If all of the subproperties were not explicitly specified, fill
// in the missing ones with initial values.
if (!parsedProperty[i]) {
cur[i] = AppendValueToList(aValues[i], cur[i], aInitialValues[i]);
}
}
if (atEOP)
break;
// else we just hit a ',' so continue parsing the next compound transition
}
return eParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthand_Values;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseTransition()
{
static const nsCSSProperty kTransitionProperties[] = {
eCSSProperty_transition_duration,
eCSSProperty_transition_timing_function,
// Must check 'transition-delay' after 'transition-duration', since
// that's our assumption about what the spec means for the shorthand
// syntax (the first time given is the duration, and the second
// given is the delay).
eCSSProperty_transition_delay,
// Must check 'transition-property' after
// 'transition-timing-function' since 'transition-property' accepts
// any keyword.
eCSSProperty_transition_property
};
static const uint32_t numProps = NS_ARRAY_LENGTH(kTransitionProperties);
// this is a shorthand property that accepts -property, -delay,
// -duration, and -timing-function with some components missing.
// there can be multiple transitions, separated with commas
nsCSSValue initialValues[numProps];
initialValues[0].SetFloatValue(0.0, eCSSUnit_Seconds);
initialValues[1].SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_TRANSITION_TIMING_FUNCTION_EASE,
eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
initialValues[2].SetFloatValue(0.0, eCSSUnit_Seconds);
initialValues[3].SetAllValue();
nsCSSValue values[numProps];
ParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthandResult spres =
ParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthand(kTransitionProperties,
initialValues, values, numProps);
if (spres != eParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthand_Values) {
return spres != eParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthand_Error;
}
// Make two checks on the list for 'transition-property':
// + If there is more than one item, then none of the items can be
// 'none' or 'all'.
// + None of the items can be 'inherit' or 'initial' (this is the case,
// like with counter-reset &c., where CSS 2.1 specifies 'initial', so
// we should check it without the -moz- prefix).
{
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(kTransitionProperties[3] ==
eCSSProperty_transition_property,
"array index mismatch");
nsCSSValueList *l = values[3].GetListValue();
bool multipleItems = !!l->mNext;
do {
const nsCSSValue& val = l->mValue;
if (val.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_None) {
if (multipleItems) {
// This is a syntax error.
return false;
}
// Unbox a solitary 'none'.
values[3].SetNoneValue();
break;
}
if (val.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Ident) {
nsDependentString str(val.GetStringBufferValue());
if (str.EqualsLiteral("inherit") || str.EqualsLiteral("initial")) {
return false;
}
}
} while ((l = l->mNext));
}
// Save all parsed transition sub-properties in mTempData
for (uint32_t i = 0; i < numProps; ++i) {
AppendValue(kTransitionProperties[i], values[i]);
}
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseAnimation()
{
static const nsCSSProperty kAnimationProperties[] = {
eCSSProperty_animation_duration,
eCSSProperty_animation_timing_function,
// Must check 'animation-delay' after 'animation-duration', since
// that's our assumption about what the spec means for the shorthand
// syntax (the first time given is the duration, and the second
// given is the delay).
eCSSProperty_animation_delay,
eCSSProperty_animation_direction,
eCSSProperty_animation_fill_mode,
eCSSProperty_animation_iteration_count,
// Must check 'animation-name' after 'animation-timing-function',
// 'animation-direction', 'animation-fill-mode',
// 'animation-iteration-count', and 'animation-play-state' since
// 'animation-name' accepts any keyword.
eCSSProperty_animation_name
};
static const uint32_t numProps = NS_ARRAY_LENGTH(kAnimationProperties);
// this is a shorthand property that accepts -property, -delay,
// -duration, and -timing-function with some components missing.
// there can be multiple animations, separated with commas
nsCSSValue initialValues[numProps];
initialValues[0].SetFloatValue(0.0, eCSSUnit_Seconds);
initialValues[1].SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_TRANSITION_TIMING_FUNCTION_EASE,
eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
initialValues[2].SetFloatValue(0.0, eCSSUnit_Seconds);
initialValues[3].SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_ANIMATION_DIRECTION_NORMAL, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
initialValues[4].SetIntValue(NS_STYLE_ANIMATION_FILL_MODE_NONE, eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
initialValues[5].SetFloatValue(1.0f, eCSSUnit_Number);
initialValues[6].SetNoneValue();
nsCSSValue values[numProps];
ParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthandResult spres =
ParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthand(kAnimationProperties,
initialValues, values, numProps);
if (spres != eParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthand_Values) {
return spres != eParseAnimationOrTransitionShorthand_Error;
}
// Save all parsed animation sub-properties in mTempData
for (uint32_t i = 0; i < numProps; ++i) {
AppendValue(kAnimationProperties[i], values[i]);
}
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseShadowItem(nsCSSValue& aValue, bool aIsBoxShadow)
{
// A shadow list item is an array, with entries in this sequence:
enum {
IndexX,
IndexY,
IndexRadius,
IndexSpread, // only for box-shadow
IndexColor,
IndexInset // only for box-shadow
};
nsRefPtr<nsCSSValue::Array> val = nsCSSValue::Array::Create(6);
if (aIsBoxShadow) {
// Optional inset keyword (ignore errors)
ParseVariant(val->Item(IndexInset), VARIANT_KEYWORD,
nsCSSProps::kBoxShadowTypeKTable);
}
nsCSSValue xOrColor;
bool haveColor = false;
if (!ParseVariant(xOrColor, VARIANT_COLOR | VARIANT_LENGTH | VARIANT_CALC,
nullptr)) {
return false;
}
if (xOrColor.IsLengthUnit() || xOrColor.IsCalcUnit()) {
val->Item(IndexX) = xOrColor;
} else {
// Must be a color (as string or color value)
NS_ASSERTION(xOrColor.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Ident ||
xOrColor.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Color ||
xOrColor.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_EnumColor,
"Must be a color value");
val->Item(IndexColor) = xOrColor;
haveColor = true;
// X coordinate mandatory after color
if (!ParseVariant(val->Item(IndexX), VARIANT_LENGTH | VARIANT_CALC,
nullptr)) {
return false;
}
}
// Y coordinate; mandatory
if (!ParseVariant(val->Item(IndexY), VARIANT_LENGTH | VARIANT_CALC,
nullptr)) {
return false;
}
// Optional radius. Ignore errors except if they pass a negative
// value which we must reject. If we use ParseNonNegativeVariant
// we can't tell the difference between an unspecified radius
// and a negative radius.
if (ParseVariant(val->Item(IndexRadius), VARIANT_LENGTH | VARIANT_CALC,
nullptr) &&
val->Item(IndexRadius).IsLengthUnit() &&
val->Item(IndexRadius).GetFloatValue() < 0) {
return false;
}
if (aIsBoxShadow) {
// Optional spread
ParseVariant(val->Item(IndexSpread), VARIANT_LENGTH | VARIANT_CALC, nullptr);
}
if (!haveColor) {
// Optional color
ParseVariant(val->Item(IndexColor), VARIANT_COLOR, nullptr);
}
if (aIsBoxShadow && val->Item(IndexInset).GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Null) {
// Optional inset keyword
ParseVariant(val->Item(IndexInset), VARIANT_KEYWORD,
nsCSSProps::kBoxShadowTypeKTable);
}
aValue.SetArrayValue(val, eCSSUnit_Array);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseShadowList(nsCSSProperty aProperty)
{
nsAutoParseCompoundProperty compound(this);
bool isBoxShadow = aProperty == eCSSProperty_box_shadow;
nsCSSValue value;
if (ParseVariant(value, VARIANT_INHERIT | VARIANT_NONE, nullptr)) {
// 'inherit', 'initial', and 'none' must be alone
if (!ExpectEndProperty()) {
return false;
}
} else {
nsCSSValueList* cur = value.SetListValue();
for (;;) {
if (!ParseShadowItem(cur->mValue, isBoxShadow)) {
return false;
}
if (CheckEndProperty()) {
break;
}
if (!ExpectSymbol(',', true)) {
return false;
}
cur->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
cur = cur->mNext;
}
}
AppendValue(aProperty, value);
return true;
}
int32_t
CSSParserImpl::GetNamespaceIdForPrefix(const nsString& aPrefix)
{
NS_PRECONDITION(!aPrefix.IsEmpty(), "Must have a prefix here");
int32_t nameSpaceID = kNameSpaceID_Unknown;
if (mNameSpaceMap) {
// user-specified identifiers are case-sensitive (bug 416106)
nsCOMPtr<nsIAtom> prefix = do_GetAtom(aPrefix);
if (!prefix) {
NS_RUNTIMEABORT("do_GetAtom failed - out of memory?");
}
nameSpaceID = mNameSpaceMap->FindNameSpaceID(prefix);
}
// else no declared namespaces
if (nameSpaceID == kNameSpaceID_Unknown) { // unknown prefix, dump it
REPORT_UNEXPECTED_P(PEUnknownNamespacePrefix, aPrefix);
}
return nameSpaceID;
}
void
CSSParserImpl::SetDefaultNamespaceOnSelector(nsCSSSelector& aSelector)
{
if (mNameSpaceMap) {
aSelector.SetNameSpace(mNameSpaceMap->FindNameSpaceID(nullptr));
} else {
aSelector.SetNameSpace(kNameSpaceID_Unknown); // wildcard
}
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParsePaint(nsCSSProperty aPropID)
{
nsCSSValue x, y;
if (!ParseVariant(x, VARIANT_HCK | VARIANT_NONE | VARIANT_URL,
nsCSSProps::kObjectPatternKTable)) {
return false;
}
bool canHaveFallback = x.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_URL ||
x.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated;
if (canHaveFallback) {
if (!ParseVariant(y, VARIANT_COLOR | VARIANT_NONE, nullptr))
y.SetNoneValue();
}
if (!ExpectEndProperty())
return false;
if (!canHaveFallback) {
AppendValue(aPropID, x);
} else {
nsCSSValue val;
val.SetPairValue(x, y);
AppendValue(aPropID, val);
}
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseDasharray()
{
nsCSSValue value;
if (ParseVariant(value, VARIANT_HK | VARIANT_NONE,
nsCSSProps::kStrokeObjectValueKTable)) {
// 'inherit', 'initial', and 'none' are only allowed on their own
if (!ExpectEndProperty()) {
return false;
}
} else {
nsCSSValueList *cur = value.SetListValue();
for (;;) {
if (!ParseNonNegativeVariant(cur->mValue, VARIANT_LPN, nullptr)) {
return false;
}
if (CheckEndProperty()) {
break;
}
// skip optional commas between elements
(void)ExpectSymbol(',', true);
cur->mNext = new nsCSSValueList;
cur = cur->mNext;
}
}
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_stroke_dasharray, value);
return true;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParseMarker()
{
nsCSSValue marker;
if (ParseSingleValueProperty(marker, eCSSProperty_marker_end)) {
if (ExpectEndProperty()) {
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_marker_end, marker);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_marker_mid, marker);
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_marker_start, marker);
return true;
}
}
return false;
}
bool
CSSParserImpl::ParsePaintOrder()
{
static_assert
((1 << NS_STYLE_PAINT_ORDER_BITWIDTH) > NS_STYLE_PAINT_ORDER_LAST_VALUE,
"bitfield width insufficient for paint-order constants");
static const int32_t kPaintOrderKTable[] = {
eCSSKeyword_normal, NS_STYLE_PAINT_ORDER_NORMAL,
eCSSKeyword_fill, NS_STYLE_PAINT_ORDER_FILL,
eCSSKeyword_stroke, NS_STYLE_PAINT_ORDER_STROKE,
eCSSKeyword_markers, NS_STYLE_PAINT_ORDER_MARKERS,
eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN,-1
};
static_assert(NS_ARRAY_LENGTH(kPaintOrderKTable) ==
2 * (NS_STYLE_PAINT_ORDER_LAST_VALUE + 2),
"missing paint-order values in kPaintOrderKTable");
nsCSSValue value;
if (!ParseVariant(value, VARIANT_HK, kPaintOrderKTable)) {
return false;
}
uint32_t seen = 0;
uint32_t order = 0;
uint32_t position = 0;
// Ensure that even cast to a signed int32_t when stored in CSSValue,
// we have enough space for the entire paint-order value.
static_assert
(NS_STYLE_PAINT_ORDER_BITWIDTH * NS_STYLE_PAINT_ORDER_LAST_VALUE < 32,
"seen and order not big enough");
if (value.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_Enumerated) {
uint32_t component = static_cast<uint32_t>(value.GetIntValue());
if (component != NS_STYLE_PAINT_ORDER_NORMAL) {
bool parsedOK = true;
for (;;) {
if (seen & (1 << component)) {
// Already seen this component.
UngetToken();
parsedOK = false;
break;
}
seen |= (1 << component);
order |= (component << position);
position += NS_STYLE_PAINT_ORDER_BITWIDTH;
if (!ParseEnum(value, kPaintOrderKTable)) {
break;
}
component = value.GetIntValue();
if (component == NS_STYLE_PAINT_ORDER_NORMAL) {
// Can't have "normal" in the middle of the list of paint components.
UngetToken();
parsedOK = false;
break;
}
}
// Fill in the remaining paint-order components in the order of their
// constant values.
if (parsedOK) {
for (component = 1;
component <= NS_STYLE_PAINT_ORDER_LAST_VALUE;
component++) {
if (!(seen & (1 << component))) {
order |= (component << position);
position += NS_STYLE_PAINT_ORDER_BITWIDTH;
}
}
}
}
static_assert(NS_STYLE_PAINT_ORDER_NORMAL == 0,
"unexpected value for NS_STYLE_PAINT_ORDER_NORMAL");
value.SetIntValue(static_cast<int32_t>(order), eCSSUnit_Enumerated);
}
if (!ExpectEndProperty()) {
return false;
}
AppendValue(eCSSProperty_paint_order, value);
return true;
}
} // anonymous namespace
// Recycling of parser implementation objects
static CSSParserImpl* gFreeList = nullptr;
nsCSSParser::nsCSSParser(mozilla::css::Loader* aLoader,
nsCSSStyleSheet* aSheet)
{
CSSParserImpl *impl = gFreeList;
if (impl) {
gFreeList = impl->mNextFree;
impl->mNextFree = nullptr;
} else {
impl = new CSSParserImpl();
}
if (aLoader) {
impl->SetChildLoader(aLoader);
impl->SetQuirkMode(aLoader->GetCompatibilityMode() ==
eCompatibility_NavQuirks);
}
if (aSheet) {
impl->SetStyleSheet(aSheet);
}
mImpl = static_cast<void*>(impl);
}
nsCSSParser::~nsCSSParser()
{
CSSParserImpl *impl = static_cast<CSSParserImpl*>(mImpl);
impl->Reset();
impl->mNextFree = gFreeList;
gFreeList = impl;
}
/* static */ void
nsCSSParser::Shutdown()
{
CSSParserImpl *tofree = gFreeList;
CSSParserImpl *next;
while (tofree)
{
next = tofree->mNextFree;
delete tofree;
tofree = next;
}
}
// Wrapper methods
nsresult
nsCSSParser::SetStyleSheet(nsCSSStyleSheet* aSheet)
{
return static_cast<CSSParserImpl*>(mImpl)->
SetStyleSheet(aSheet);
}
nsresult
nsCSSParser::SetQuirkMode(bool aQuirkMode)
{
return static_cast<CSSParserImpl*>(mImpl)->
SetQuirkMode(aQuirkMode);
}
nsresult
nsCSSParser::SetChildLoader(mozilla::css::Loader* aChildLoader)
{
return static_cast<CSSParserImpl*>(mImpl)->
SetChildLoader(aChildLoader);
}
nsresult
nsCSSParser::ParseSheet(const nsAString& aInput,
nsIURI* aSheetURI,
nsIURI* aBaseURI,
nsIPrincipal* aSheetPrincipal,
uint32_t aLineNumber,
bool aAllowUnsafeRules)
{
return static_cast<CSSParserImpl*>(mImpl)->
ParseSheet(aInput, aSheetURI, aBaseURI, aSheetPrincipal, aLineNumber,
aAllowUnsafeRules);
}
nsresult
nsCSSParser::ParseStyleAttribute(const nsAString& aAttributeValue,
nsIURI* aDocURI,
nsIURI* aBaseURI,
nsIPrincipal* aNodePrincipal,
css::StyleRule** aResult)
{
return static_cast<CSSParserImpl*>(mImpl)->
ParseStyleAttribute(aAttributeValue, aDocURI, aBaseURI,
aNodePrincipal, aResult);
}
nsresult
nsCSSParser::ParseDeclarations(const nsAString& aBuffer,
nsIURI* aSheetURI,
nsIURI* aBaseURI,
nsIPrincipal* aSheetPrincipal,
css::Declaration* aDeclaration,
bool* aChanged)
{
return static_cast<CSSParserImpl*>(mImpl)->
ParseDeclarations(aBuffer, aSheetURI, aBaseURI, aSheetPrincipal,
aDeclaration, aChanged);
}
nsresult
nsCSSParser::ParseRule(const nsAString& aRule,
nsIURI* aSheetURI,
nsIURI* aBaseURI,
nsIPrincipal* aSheetPrincipal,
css::Rule** aResult)
{
return static_cast<CSSParserImpl*>(mImpl)->
ParseRule(aRule, aSheetURI, aBaseURI, aSheetPrincipal, aResult);
}
nsresult
nsCSSParser::ParseProperty(const nsCSSProperty aPropID,
const nsAString& aPropValue,
nsIURI* aSheetURI,
nsIURI* aBaseURI,
nsIPrincipal* aSheetPrincipal,
css::Declaration* aDeclaration,
bool* aChanged,
bool aIsImportant,
bool aIsSVGMode)
{
return static_cast<CSSParserImpl*>(mImpl)->
ParseProperty(aPropID, aPropValue, aSheetURI, aBaseURI,
aSheetPrincipal, aDeclaration, aChanged,
aIsImportant, aIsSVGMode);
}
nsresult
nsCSSParser::ParseMediaList(const nsSubstring& aBuffer,
nsIURI* aURI,
uint32_t aLineNumber,
nsMediaList* aMediaList,
bool aHTMLMode)
{
return static_cast<CSSParserImpl*>(mImpl)->
ParseMediaList(aBuffer, aURI, aLineNumber, aMediaList, aHTMLMode);
}
bool
nsCSSParser::ParseColorString(const nsSubstring& aBuffer,
nsIURI* aURI,
uint32_t aLineNumber,
nsCSSValue& aValue)
{
return static_cast<CSSParserImpl*>(mImpl)->
ParseColorString(aBuffer, aURI, aLineNumber, aValue);
}
nsresult
nsCSSParser::ParseSelectorString(const nsSubstring& aSelectorString,
nsIURI* aURI,
uint32_t aLineNumber,
nsCSSSelectorList** aSelectorList)
{
return static_cast<CSSParserImpl*>(mImpl)->
ParseSelectorString(aSelectorString, aURI, aLineNumber, aSelectorList);
}
already_AddRefed<nsCSSKeyframeRule>
nsCSSParser::ParseKeyframeRule(const nsSubstring& aBuffer,
nsIURI* aURI,
uint32_t aLineNumber)
{
return static_cast<CSSParserImpl*>(mImpl)->
ParseKeyframeRule(aBuffer, aURI, aLineNumber);
}
bool
nsCSSParser::ParseKeyframeSelectorString(const nsSubstring& aSelectorString,
nsIURI* aURI,
uint32_t aLineNumber,
InfallibleTArray<float>& aSelectorList)
{
return static_cast<CSSParserImpl*>(mImpl)->
ParseKeyframeSelectorString(aSelectorString, aURI, aLineNumber,
aSelectorList);
}
bool
nsCSSParser::EvaluateSupportsDeclaration(const nsAString& aProperty,
const nsAString& aValue,
nsIURI* aDocURL,
nsIURI* aBaseURL,
nsIPrincipal* aDocPrincipal)
{
return static_cast<CSSParserImpl*>(mImpl)->
EvaluateSupportsDeclaration(aProperty, aValue, aDocURL, aBaseURL,
aDocPrincipal);
}
bool
nsCSSParser::EvaluateSupportsCondition(const nsAString& aCondition,
nsIURI* aDocURL,
nsIURI* aBaseURL,
nsIPrincipal* aDocPrincipal)
{
return static_cast<CSSParserImpl*>(mImpl)->
EvaluateSupportsCondition(aCondition, aDocURL, aBaseURL, aDocPrincipal);
}
Reference in New Issue View Git Blame Copy Permalink